From 27bf51e44158bced2d9d88ae6f211cc9d0d08359 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Mon, 22 Aug 2022 12:08:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 01/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 42 +++++++++++++++++------------------------- 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index a97d91869e..cb5f6092f8 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -734,31 +734,23 @@ MAT 11 29 i3ls figs-synecdoche εὑρήσετε ἀνάπαυσιν ταῖς MAT 11 30 hlv3 figs-exmetaphor ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the demon finds that the person it left is like a house that someone has swept clean and organized by putting everything where it belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) Here, Jesus continues the burden metaphor from the previous verses. You could express this metaphor as a simile if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “When I help you, it will be like I am carrying most of the weight of the yoke. I will also be like I am only making you carry a little bit of the burden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exmetaphor]]) MAT 11 30 ynf1 figs-parallelism ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς καὶ τὸ φορτίον μου ἐλαφρόν ἐστιν 1 For my yoke is easy and my burden is light Both of these phrases mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that it is easier to obey him than it is the Jewish law. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “For what I place on you, you will be able to carry because it is light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MAT 12 intro y7z6 0 # Matthew 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Sabbath

This chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])

### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”

No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Brothers and sisters

Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]]) -MAT 12 1 m2n1 ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 At that time This phrase marks a new part of the story where Matthew tells of growing opposition to Jesus’ ministry. Here, the Pharisees criticize his disciples for picking grain on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “A little later” -MAT 12 1 tvt9 translate-unknown τῶν σπορίμων 1 the grainfields A grainfield is a place to plant grain. If wheat is unknown and “grain” is too general, then you can use “fields of the plant they made bread from.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MAT 12 1 yrf8 τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν 1 to pluck heads of grain and to eat them Picking **grain** in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity on the Sabbath. -MAT 12 1 zz4r τίλλειν στάχυας καὶ ἐσθίειν 1 to pluck heads of grain and to eat them Alternate translation: “to pick some of the wheat and to eat it” or “to pick some of the grain and to eat it” -MAT 12 1 y5vr στάχυας 1 heads of grain The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant. They holds the mature grain or seeds of the plant. -MAT 12 2 swl7 ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 do what is not lawful to do on the Sabbath Picking grain in others’ fields and eating it was not considered stealing. The question was whether one could do this otherwise lawful activity **on the Sabbath**. -MAT 12 2 mch7 οἱ…Φαρισαῖοι 1 the Pharisees This does not mean all of **the Pharisees**. Alternate translation: “some Pharisees” -MAT 12 2 nh12 ἰδοὺ, οἱ μαθηταί σου 1 Behold, your disciples The Pharisees use the word **Behold** to draw attention to what the disciples are doing. Alternate translation: “Look, your disciples” -MAT 12 3 et11 αὐτοῖς 1 to them Alternate translation: “to the Pharisees” -MAT 12 3 d712 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Have you never read what David did, when he was hungry, and those who were with him— This begins a question that continues into the next verse. Jesus uses the question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of the scriptures they have read. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I know you have read what David did, when he was hungry, and those who were with him—” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 12 4 blm5 τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the house of God During the time of David there was no temple yet. Alternate translation: “the tabernacle” or “the place for worshiping God” -MAT 12 4 ue7l figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the loaves of the presence This refers to the sacred bread that priests placed before God in the tabernacle. Alternate translation: “the bread that the priest placed before God” or “the sacred bread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 12 4 c6a8 τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for those with him Alternate translation: “for the men who were with David” -MAT 12 4 lkx9 εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 except only for the priests Alternate translation: “but, according to the law, only the priests could eat it” -MAT 12 5 f79q figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? 1 have you not read in the law that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent? Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. Jesus is challenging them to think about the meaning of what they have read in the scriptures. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” or “You should know that the law teaches that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 12 5 dqe9 τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 profane the Sabbath Alternate translation: “do on the Sabbath what they would do on any other day” -MAT 12 5 i6y9 ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν 1 are innocent Alternate translation: “God will not punish them” or “God does not consider them guilty” -MAT 12 6 ji7a λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. -MAT 12 6 k4mn figs-123person τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν 1 greater than the temple Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple” -MAT 12 7 ypj7 figs-explicit εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 But if you had known what this is, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you would not have condemned the innocent In this verse, Jesus quotes the prophet Hosea to rebuke the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “The prophet Hosea wrote this long ago: ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice.’ If you had understood what this meant, you would not have condemned the innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 12 7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This means God considers **mercy** more important than the **sacrifice**. -MAT 12 7 jw57 θέλω 1 I desire The pronoun **I** refers to God. -MAT 12 7 s23l figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 the innocent If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea behind the word **innocent**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “those who are not guilty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -MAT 12 8 l7g3 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -MAT 12 8 jx98 Κύριος…ἐστιν τοῦ Σαββάτου 1 is Lord of the Sabbath Alternate translation: “rules over the Sabbath” or “makes the laws about what people can do on the Sabbath” +MAT 12 1 m2n1 writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 At that time This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MAT 12 1 tvt9 translate-unknown τῶν σπορίμων 1 the grainfields A grainfield is a place where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually turned into bread. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a field where grain is grown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 12 1 y5vr figs-explicit στάχυας 1 heads of grain The heads are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the heads of grain to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food that you have to remove from a shell or casing. Alternate translation: “picking the tops of grain and eating the seeds”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +MAT 12 2 swl7 figs-explicit ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 do what is not lawful to do on the Sabbath According to the Law of Moses, people are not allowed to work on the Sabbath in order to focus on worshipping God. The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be harvesting, and therefore work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 12 3 d712 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Have you never read what David did, when he was hungry, and those who were with him— This begins a question that continues into the next verse. See the note in the next verse for how to address this rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 12 4 u3ye figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus asks this question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly you have read what David did when he and those with him were hungry, how he went into the God's house and ate the bread of the presence, which they was not allowed to do. Only the priests were allowed to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 12 4 blm5 figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the house of God Jesus is figuratively describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) +MAT 12 4 ue7l figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the loaves of the presence This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 12 4 lkx9 figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 except only for the priests Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but it was only lawful for the priests to eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 12 5 f79q figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? 1 have you not read in the law that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent? Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 12 5 dqe9 figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 profane the Sabbath The priests are said to **profane the Sabbath** because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working their priestly duties” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 12 6 k4mn figs-123person τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν 1 greater than the temple Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater than the temple**. Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAT 12 7 ypj7 figs-explicit εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 But if you had known what this is, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you would not have condemned the innocent Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Pharisees about why they were wrong for accusing Jesus' disciples of working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “Suppose you had understood what the phrase ‘I desire you to have mercy and not to sacrifice’ meant, then you certainly would not have condemned my innocent disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +MAT 12 7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This means that God considers **mercy** more important than the **sacrifice**. This is because, many times, the reason why sacrifice had to happen was because people were disobeying God and not being merciful. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather you be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds. +MAT 12 7 s23l figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 the innocent Jesus is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MAT 12 8 l7g3 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If your readers would not understand this, you can use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAT 12 8 nca0 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 12 9 i489 0 General Information: Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees criticize Jesus for healing a man on the Sabbath. MAT 12 9 hns8 καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν 1 And having departed from there Alternate translation: “After Jesus left the grain fields” or “When Jesus left from there” MAT 12 9 y4me τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 their synagogue The word **their** could refer to: (1) the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” (2) the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word **their** does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended” From c85c2de38503cf51598c642ba38bf3be84630990 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Mon, 22 Aug 2022 17:33:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 02/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 27 ++++++++------------------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 19 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index cb5f6092f8..b5433db33b 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -751,26 +751,15 @@ MAT 12 7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy MAT 12 7 s23l figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 the innocent Jesus is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MAT 12 8 l7g3 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If your readers would not understand this, you can use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MAT 12 8 nca0 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -MAT 12 9 i489 0 General Information: Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees criticize Jesus for healing a man on the Sabbath. -MAT 12 9 hns8 καὶ μεταβὰς ἐκεῖθεν 1 And having departed from there Alternate translation: “After Jesus left the grain fields” or “When Jesus left from there” -MAT 12 9 y4me τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 their synagogue The word **their** could refer to: (1) the Jews of that town. Alternate translation: “the synogogue” (2) the Pharisees that Jesus had just spoken to, and this was the synagogue that they and other Jews in that town attended. The word **their** does not mean that the Pharisees owned the synagogue. Alternate translation: “the synagogue that they attended” -MAT 12 10 kjf6 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. -MAT 12 10 xb13 ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 there was a man having a withered hand Alternate translation: “there was a man who had a paralyzed hand” or “there was a man with a crippled hand” -MAT 12 10 t948 ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν λέγοντες, εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 they questioned him, saying, “Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths?” so that they might accuse him Alternate translation: “the Pharisees wanted to accuse Jesus of sinning, so they asked him, ‘Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?’” -MAT 12 10 gdj6 εἰ ἔξεστι τοῖς Σάββασιν θεραπεύειν? 1 Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbaths? Alternate translation: “According to the law of Moses, may a person heal another person on the Sabbaths?” -MAT 12 10 c1cc figs-explicit ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him They did not just want to **accuse** Jesus in front of the people. The Pharisees wanted Jesus to give an answer that contradicted the law of Moses so they could take him before a judge and legally charge him with breaking the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 12 11 ng4j figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 What man will there be among you, who, will have one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, would not grasp hold of it and lift it out? Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, would grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 12 12 s2tu πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep? The phrase **How much more** adds emphasis to the statement. The implied answer is “very much more!” If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Obviously, a man is much more valuable than a sheep!” or “Just think about how much more important a man is than a sheep.” -MAT 12 12 a9ld ἔξεστιν τοῖς Σάββασιν καλῶς ποιεῖν 1 it is lawful to do good on the Sabbaths Alternate translation: “those who do good on the Sabbaths are obeying the law” -MAT 12 13 be8u figs-quotations τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 Then he says to the man, “Stretch out your hand.” You can translate this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus commanded the man to stretch out his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -MAT 12 13 ljl6 τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ 1 to the man Alternate translation: “to the man with the paralyzed hand” or “to the man with the crippled hand” -MAT 12 13 s5ep ἐξέτεινεν 1 he stretched it out Alternate translation: “the man stretched it out” -MAT 12 13 jry3 figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 it was restored to health If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “it was healthy again” or “it became well again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 12 14 w4zl συμβούλιον ἔλαβον κατ’ αὐτοῦ 1 took counsel against him Alternate translation: “planned to harm Jesus” -MAT 12 14 jdn2 ὅπως αὐτὸν ἀπολέσωσιν 1 so that they might put him to death Alternate translation: “in order to find a way to kill Jesus” -MAT 12 15 d5l9 ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς γνοὺς, ἀνεχώρησεν 1 But Jesus, having perceived this, withdrew Alternate translation: “But Jesus was aware of what the Pharisees were planning, so he withdrew” -MAT 12 15 hw22 ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν 1 withdrew from there Alternate translation: “departed from there” or “left that place” +MAT 12 9 y4me writing-pronouns εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 their synagogue The word **their** likely refers to the Pharisees who Jesus was just speaking to. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into those Pharisees synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MAT 12 10 xb13 translate-unknown ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 there was a man having a withered hand This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled” or “his hand was atrophied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 12 10 c1cc writing-background καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν …ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him Here, Matthew is giving background information to help to reader understand why they **questioned** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “and they were questioning him … to try to find fault in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n +MAT 12 11 ng4j figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 What man will there be among you, who, will have one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, would not grasp hold of it and lift it out? Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbath, would certainly grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 12 12 s2tu figs-rquestion πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep? Jesus asks this question to prove the point that the Pharisees would be willing to help a sheep, but not a person, on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person is certainly more valuable than a sheep!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 12 13 be8u figs-imperative τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 Then he says to the man, “Stretch out your hand.” This is an imperative, but this was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Stretch out your hand! Be healed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) +MAT 12 13 jry3 figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 it was restored to health If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 12 16 bk1n μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν 1 they might not make him known Alternate translation: “they would not to tell anyone else about him” +MAT 12 15 lbo1 figs-hyperbole ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας 1 Here the word **all** is figurative, meaning that Jesus healed many people. Jesus likely did not heal everyone. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) Here, the word **all** is figurative meaning many. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MAT 12 17 dc7z ἵνα…τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 so that what had been said You could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “This was so that what had been said” MAT 12 17 mcd7 τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 what had been said through Isaiah the prophet If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God had said long ago through the prophet Isaiah” MAT 12 18 zkt7 0 Connecting Statement: In verses 18-21, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry fulfilled scripture. From f9472ac6e41e2978bb4f1c01b0105995224c7e2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Tue, 23 Aug 2022 16:31:24 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 03/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 43 ++++++++++++++++--------------------------- 1 file changed, 16 insertions(+), 27 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index b5433db33b..d20f57c6f4 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -758,34 +758,23 @@ MAT 12 11 ng4j figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπ MAT 12 12 s2tu figs-rquestion πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep? Jesus asks this question to prove the point that the Pharisees would be willing to help a sheep, but not a person, on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person is certainly more valuable than a sheep!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 12 13 be8u figs-imperative τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 Then he says to the man, “Stretch out your hand.” This is an imperative, but this was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Stretch out your hand! Be healed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) MAT 12 13 jry3 figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 it was restored to health If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 12 16 bk1n μὴ φανερὸν αὐτὸν ποιήσωσιν 1 they might not make him known Alternate translation: “they would not to tell anyone else about him” MAT 12 15 lbo1 figs-hyperbole ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας 1 Here the word **all** is figurative, meaning that Jesus healed many people. Jesus likely did not heal everyone. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) Here, the word **all** is figurative meaning many. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MAT 12 17 dc7z ἵνα…τὸ ῥηθὲν 1 so that what had been said You could start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “This was so that what had been said” -MAT 12 17 mcd7 τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 what had been said through Isaiah the prophet If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God had said long ago through the prophet Isaiah” -MAT 12 18 zkt7 0 Connecting Statement: In verses 18-21, Matthew quotes the prophet Isaiah to show that Jesus’ ministry fulfilled scripture. -MAT 12 18 f5kz ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” -MAT 12 18 fjw6 μου…ᾑρέτισα…μου…μου…θήσω…μου 1 my … I have chosen … my … my … I will put … my All occurrences of **I** and **my** refer to God. Isaiah is quoting what God said to him. -MAT 12 18 yv4f ὁ ἀγαπητός μου εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 my beloved, in whom my soul is well pleased Alternate translation: “he is my beloved one, and I am very pleased with him” -MAT 12 18 s6a4 figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 in whom my soul is well pleased Here, **soul** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MAT 12 18 jh8p figs-explicit κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 he will announce justice to the Gentiles The means that God’s servant will tell the **Gentiles** that there will be **justice**. You can state clearly that God is the one who will bring about justice. Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God give them justice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 12 18 tum1 figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 he will announce justice to the Gentiles If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **justice**, you can express it as “what is right.” Alternate translation: “he will announce to the nations that God will do for them what is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAT 12 19 hb2m figs-metonymy οὐδὲ ἀκούσει τις…τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 neither will anyone hear his voice Here people not hearing **his voice** represents him not speaking loudly. Alternate translation: “he will not speak loudly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 12 19 gj1p οὐκ ἐρίσει…αὐτοῦ 1 He will not strive … his Both **He** and **his** refer to God’s chosen servant. -MAT 12 19 jr87 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις 1 in the streets This is an idiom that means “publicly.” Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 12 20 ii4c οὐ κατεάξει…οὐ σβέσει…ἂν ἐκβάλῃ 1 He will not break … and he will not quench a smoking flax, until he may lead justice to victory All occurrences of **He** and **he** refer to God’s chosen servant. -MAT 12 20 kbu9 figs-parallelism κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax Both of these statements mean the same thing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -MAT 12 20 cdk2 figs-metaphor κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax Both of these statements are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If the metaphor is confusing, you could translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 12 20 m4uz κάλαμον συντετριμμένον 1 a bruised reed Alternate translation: “a damaged plant” -MAT 12 20 y8mn λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 he will not quench a smoking flax Alternate translation: “he will not put out any smoking flax” or “he will not stop any smoking flax from burning” -MAT 12 20 bjg2 λίνον τυφόμενον 1 a smoking flax This refers to a lamp wick after the flame has gone out and when it is only smoking. -MAT 12 20 b6tw figs-abstractnouns ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 he may lead justice to victory Leading someone to **victory** represents causing him to be victorious. Causing **justice** to be victorious represents making things right that had been wrong. Alternate translation: “he makes everything right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAT 12 21 w3rq figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name Here, **name** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MAT 12 22 nba2 0 General Information: Here the scene shifts to a later time when the Pharisees accuse Jesus of healing a man by the power of Satan. -MAT 12 22 e1g4 figs-activepassive τότε προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 Then someone was brought to him, blind and mute, demon-possessed If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone brought to Jesus a man who was blind and mute because a demon was controlling him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 12 22 k2vt προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ…τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 someone was brought to him, blind and mute Alternate translation: “a person was brought to him who could not see and could not talk” -MAT 12 23 gy5z ἐξίσταντο πάντες οἱ ὄχλοι 1 all the crowds were amazed Alternate translation: “all the people who had seen Jesus heal the man were greatly surprised” -MAT 12 23 ink7 ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the Son of David **Son of David** is a title for the Christ or Messiah. -MAT 12 23 h8kf υἱὸς 1 Son Here, **Son** means “descendant.” +MAT 12 17 mcd7 figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 what had been said through Isaiah the prophet If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God spoke through the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 12 18 zkt7 figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἀγαπητός μου 1 Connecting Statement: If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **beloved**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one who I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAT 12 18 s6a4 figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 in whom my soul is well pleased Here, **soul** refers to the person as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAT 12 18 jh8p figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 he will announce justice to the Gentiles If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he will proclaim that God will act justly towards the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAT 12 19 gj1p figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐρίσει, οὐδὲ κραυγάσει 1 He will not strive … his Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He will not strive with people, nor will he cry around to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 12 19 jr87 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις 1 in the streets Here, the phrase **in the streets** is an idiom that means no one heard his voice in public. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns where people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 12 20 cdk2 figs-metaphor κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **and he will not quench a smoking flax** are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 12 20 kbu9 figs-parallelism κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **and he will not quench a smoking flax** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He will not destroy something already very weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +MAT 12 20 y8mn translate-unknown λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 he will not quench a smoking flax Here, **flax** refers to a burning wick, or a small flame. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a small flame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 12 20 b6tw figs-abstractnouns ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 he may lead justice to victory If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **victory** or **boldness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he might cause people to be justified before God, and cause them to be victorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAT 12 21 w3rq figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name Here, **name** refers to the whole person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAT 12 22 nba2 writing-newevent τότε 1 General Information: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MAT 12 22 e1g4 figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 Then someone was brought to him, blind and mute, demon-possessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought one who a demon possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 12 22 k2vt figs-nominaladj τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 someone was brought to him, blind and mute Jesus is using the adjectives **blind** and **mute** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who was blind and mute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MAT 12 23 ink7 translate-unknown ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the Son of David **Son of David** is a an important title for the Messiah, who was supposed to come and sit on David's throne. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Messiah, the Son of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 12 23 h8kf figs-metonymy υἱὸς 1 Son Here, the word **Son** is figurative for descendant. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 12 24 wmi1 ἀκούσαντες 1 having heard this The word **this** refers to the miracle of the healing of a blind, deaf, and demon-possessed man. MAT 12 24 p1mi figs-doublenegatives οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 He does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul If your readers would misunderstand double negative **not … except**, you could express it in a positive form. “He is only able to cast out the demon because he is a servant of Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MAT 12 24 wj1y οὗτος 1 He The Pharisees avoid calling Jesus by name to show they reject him. From c2bde1957071450b038e0d80c41dedca0ac4e107 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 24 Aug 2022 18:55:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 04/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 45 ++++++++++++++++++++------------------------- 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index d20f57c6f4..8c0725220b 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -771,33 +771,28 @@ MAT 12 20 y8mn translate-unknown λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσε MAT 12 20 b6tw figs-abstractnouns ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 he may lead justice to victory If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **victory** or **boldness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he might cause people to be justified before God, and cause them to be victorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAT 12 21 w3rq figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name Here, **name** refers to the whole person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAT 12 22 nba2 writing-newevent τότε 1 General Information: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -MAT 12 22 e1g4 figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος, τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 Then someone was brought to him, blind and mute, demon-possessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought one who a demon possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 12 22 e1g4 figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος 1 Then someone was brought to him, blind and mute, demon-possessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought one who a demon possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 12 22 k2vt figs-nominaladj τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 someone was brought to him, blind and mute Jesus is using the adjectives **blind** and **mute** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who was blind and mute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MAT 12 23 ink7 translate-unknown ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the Son of David **Son of David** is a an important title for the Messiah, who was supposed to come and sit on David's throne. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Messiah, the Son of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MAT 12 23 h8kf figs-metonymy υἱὸς 1 Son Here, the word **Son** is figurative for descendant. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 12 24 wmi1 ἀκούσαντες 1 having heard this The word **this** refers to the miracle of the healing of a blind, deaf, and demon-possessed man. -MAT 12 24 p1mi figs-doublenegatives οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 He does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul If your readers would misunderstand double negative **not … except**, you could express it in a positive form. “He is only able to cast out the demon because he is a servant of Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -MAT 12 24 wj1y οὗτος 1 He The Pharisees avoid calling Jesus by name to show they reject him. -MAT 12 24 cii4 ἄρχοντι τῶν δαιμονίων 1 the prince of the demons Alternate translation: “the chief of the demons” -MAT 12 25 i1sd writing-proverbs πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) -MAT 12 25 ll42 figs-parallelism πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand Both of these statements mean the same thing. They emphasize that it would not make sense for Beelzebul to use his power to fight other demons. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -MAT 12 25 g9ec figs-metonymy πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate Here, **kingdom** refers to those who live in the kingdom. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 12 25 rvzh figs-activepassive πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “A kingdom will not last when its people fight among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 12 25 kn8c figs-metonymy πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 every city or house divided against itself will not stand Here, **city** refers to the people who live there, and **house** refers to a family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 12 25 xwob figs-metaphor πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 every city or house divided against itself will not stand Being **divided against itself** represents its people fighting each other. Alternate translation: “it ruins a city or a family when the people fight each other” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 12 26 i42r figs-metonymy εἰ ὁ Σατανᾶς τὸν Σατανᾶν ἐκβάλλει 1 if Satan casts out Satan The second use of **Satan** refers to the demons that serve Satan. Alternate translation: “If Satan works against his own demons” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 12 26 ah7t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ? 1 How then will his kingdom stand? Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that what they were saying was illogical. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “If Satan were divided against himself, his kingdom would not be able to stand!” or “If Satan were to fight against his own demons, his kingdom would not last!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 12 27 nvv9 Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 Beelzebul **Beelzebul** refers to the same person as “Satan” (verse 26). -MAT 12 27 gee9 figs-rquestion οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 by whom do your sons cast them out? Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “then you must say your followers also cast out demons by the power of Beelzebul. But, you know this is not true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 12 27 x9je figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 your sons Jesus was speaking to the Pharisees. The phrase **your sons** refers to their followers. This was a common way of referring to those who follow teachers or leaders. Alternate translation: “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 12 27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 For this reason they will be your judges Alternate translation: “Because your followers cast out demons by the power of God, they prove that you are wrong about me.” -MAT 12 28 zb4d εἰ δὲ…ἐγὼ 1 But if I Here, **if** does not mean Jesus is questioning how he casts out demons. Here Jesus uses the word to introduce a true statement. Alternate translation: “But because I” -MAT 12 28 r5dg figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 then the kingdom of God has come upon you Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. Alternate translation: “this means God is establishing his rule among you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 12 28 f1wj figs-you ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς 1 has come upon you Here, **you** is plural and refers to the people of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -MAT 12 29 t4vu figs-parables πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? καὶ τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει 1 how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? And then he will plunder his house Jesus uses a parable to continue his response to the Pharisees. Jesus means he can drive out demons because he is more powerful than Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -MAT 12 29 w54c figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first.” or “If a person wants to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings, he must first tie up the strong man.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 12 29 jb6x ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 unless first he might have tied up the strong man Alternate translation: “without taking control of the strong man first” -MAT 12 29 u6vu τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει 1 then he will plunder his house Alternate translation: “then he can steal his possessions” +MAT 12 23 h8kf figs-metonymy υἱὸς 1 Son Here, the word **Son** is figurative for a descendant of someone. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 12 24 p1mi figs-doublenegatives οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 He does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul If the double negative **He does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “He throws out demons by the Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +MAT 12 25 ckth figs-explicit εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he know their thoughts. So he said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 12 25 i1sd writing-proverbs πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται  1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees saying that he casts out demons by Beelzebul. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If the people of a nation are fighting against each other, they will certainly cause its destruction. Similarly, if people of a city or even a house are fighting against each other, they will will not be united together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) +MAT 12 25 ll42 figs-parallelism πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται…πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand The phrases **Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate** and **every city or house divided against itself will not stand** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing to show that if any group of people fights against each other, it will eventually fall apart. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Any group of people fighting against each other will eventually fall apart and no longer be united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +MAT 12 25 g9ec figs-metonymy βασιλεία…πόλις ἢ οἰκία\n 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate Here, the words **kingdom**, **city**, refer to the people who live in them. The word **house** refers to a family, who would all live in the same house. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "people who live in a nation … people who live in a city or house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 12 25 rvzh figs-activepassive πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People living in a country who flight against each other destroy their own country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 12 26 i42r figs-metonymy Σατανᾶν 1 if Satan casts out Satan The second word **Satan** is figurative, referring to the demons that serve Satan. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the demons who serve Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 12 26 ah7t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ 1 How then will his kingdom stand? Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that accusing Jesus of casting out demons by Satan is foolish. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “His kingdom will surely not stand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 12 27 gee9 figs-rquestion οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 by whom do your sons cast them out? Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly your sons also cast out demons by the same person as me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 12 27 x9je figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 your sons The phrase **your sons** refers to their the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what **sons** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 12 27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 For this reason they will be your judges The phrase **For this reason they will be your judges** could mean (1) that they will judge the Pharisees's accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will see that you are wrong". Or (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges” +MAT 12 28 zb4d grammar-connect-condition-fact But if I cast out demons by the Spirit of God, then the kingdom of God has come upon you 1 But if I Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) +MAT 12 28 r5dg figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 then the kingdom of God has come upon you See how you translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md).\nAlternate translation: “then God is make people a part of his people over whom he will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +MAT 12 29 t4vu figs-parables πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? καὶ τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει 1 how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? And then he will plunder his house This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom he had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) +MAT 12 29 w54c figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 12 29 b2et figs-genericnoun τις 1 The word **anyone** is a generic noun, and is not referring to any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +MAT 12 29 tsrk figs-metaphor πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι 1 To **enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings** is figurative. The **strong man** is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out demons from people who they controlled. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons the belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 12 29 zluo figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν 1 When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means either to defeat him or restrain him. This means that he is no longer able to send his demons out to harm people. If your readers would not understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 12 30 ivp9 ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The one not being with me Alternate translation: “The one who does not support me” or “The one who does not work with me” MAT 12 30 gyk8 κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν 1 is against me Alternate translation: “opposes me” or “works against me” MAT 12 30 ek1h figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 the one not gathering with me scatters Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 3cb8c62f874cf7afe0d9e5f8aca7cb740ed95bc6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Thu, 25 Aug 2022 18:35:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 05/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 8c0725220b..838e549ace 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -793,9 +793,8 @@ MAT 12 29 w54c figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν MAT 12 29 b2et figs-genericnoun τις 1 The word **anyone** is a generic noun, and is not referring to any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MAT 12 29 tsrk figs-metaphor πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι 1 To **enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings** is figurative. The **strong man** is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out demons from people who they controlled. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons the belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 12 29 zluo figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν 1 When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means either to defeat him or restrain him. This means that he is no longer able to send his demons out to harm people. If your readers would not understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 12 30 ivp9 ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The one not being with me Alternate translation: “The one who does not support me” or “The one who does not work with me” -MAT 12 30 gyk8 κατ’ ἐμοῦ ἐστιν 1 is against me Alternate translation: “opposes me” or “works against me” -MAT 12 30 ek1h figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 the one not gathering with me scatters Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 12 30 ivp9 figs-idiom ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The one not being with me The phrase **with me** is an idiom which means to support someone or be on their side. In this instance, the religious leaders were not supporting Jesus' ministry because they thought we was controlled by Satan. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one not supporting my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 12 30 ek1h figs-metaphor1 ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 the one not gathering with me scatters Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 12 31 iy8l λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. MAT 12 31 q5hk figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisees, but he is also teaching the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 12 31 hy38 figs-activepassive πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that people commit and every evil thing they say” or “God will forgive every person who sins or says evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From dcdb3770d3c86fbde3f4b0eb725d569c410d885e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Fri, 26 Aug 2022 14:53:20 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 06/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 43 ++++++++++++++++++++----------------------- 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 23 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 838e549ace..02d5dbd2df 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -788,36 +788,33 @@ MAT 12 27 x9je figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 your sons The phrase MAT 12 27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 For this reason they will be your judges The phrase **For this reason they will be your judges** could mean (1) that they will judge the Pharisees's accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will see that you are wrong". Or (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges” MAT 12 28 zb4d grammar-connect-condition-fact But if I cast out demons by the Spirit of God, then the kingdom of God has come upon you 1 But if I Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) MAT 12 28 r5dg figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 then the kingdom of God has come upon you See how you translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md).\nAlternate translation: “then God is make people a part of his people over whom he will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n -MAT 12 29 t4vu figs-parables πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? καὶ τότε τὴν οἰκίαν αὐτοῦ διαρπάσει 1 how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? And then he will plunder his house This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom he had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) +MAT 12 29 t4vu figs-parables ἢ\n 1 how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? And then he will plunder his house This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom he had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. Alternate translate: “Then Jesus told them a story, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) MAT 12 29 w54c figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 12 29 b2et figs-genericnoun τις 1 The word **anyone** is a generic noun, and is not referring to any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MAT 12 29 tsrk figs-metaphor πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι 1 To **enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings** is figurative. The **strong man** is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out demons from people who they controlled. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons the belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 12 29 zluo figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν 1 When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means either to defeat him or restrain him. This means that he is no longer able to send his demons out to harm people. If your readers would not understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 12 30 ivp9 figs-idiom ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The one not being with me The phrase **with me** is an idiom which means to support someone or be on their side. In this instance, the religious leaders were not supporting Jesus' ministry because they thought we was controlled by Satan. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one not supporting my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 12 30 ek1h figs-metaphor1 ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 the one not gathering with me scatters Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 12 31 iy8l λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. -MAT 12 31 q5hk figs-you λέγω ὑμῖν 1 I say to you Here, **you** is plural. Jesus is speaking directly to the Pharisees, but he is also teaching the crowd. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -MAT 12 31 hy38 figs-activepassive πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive every sin that people commit and every evil thing they say” or “God will forgive every person who sins or says evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 12 31 ezx8 figs-activepassive ἡ…τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive the person who speaks evil things about the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 12 32 gwx2 figs-metonymy ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 whoever might speak a word against the Son of Man Here, **word** refers to what someone says. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 12 32 h79z figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -MAT 12 32 z3ma figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be forgiven him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will forgive a person for that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 12 32 hfs4 οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will not be forgiven him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will not forgive that person” -MAT 12 32 lw5j figs-metonymy οὔτε ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 neither in this age, nor in the one coming Here, **this age** and **the one coming** refer to the present life and the next life. Alternate translation: “in this life or in the next life” or “now or ever” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 12 33 bi8z writing-proverbs ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν 1 Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad This could mean: (1) if you make a **tree good**, its **fruit** will be **good**, and if you **make the tree bad**, **its fruit** will be **bad**. (2) this is a proverb that means if you consider a tree to be good, it will be because its fruit is good, and if you consider it tree to be bad, it will be because its fruit is bad. People were to apply its truth to how they can know whether a person is good or bad. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) -MAT 12 33 kl16 καλὸν…σαπρὸν 1 good … bad Alternate translation: “healthy … diseased” +MAT 12 31 hy38 figs-activepassive πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will commit every sin that a person commits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 12 31 t280 grammar-connect-exceptions πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid confusing your reader. Alternate translation: “God will forgive many sins and blasphemies, but he will not forgive the blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) +MAT 12 31 ezx8 figs-activepassive ἡ…τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But God will not forgive blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 12 31 kqx0 figs-abstractnouns βλασφημία…ἡ δὲ…βλασφημία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “blasphemous word one speaks…but when one blasphemes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] +MAT 12 32 gwx2 figs-metonymy ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 whoever might speak a word against the Son of Man Here, the word **word** is figurative, referring to what someone says. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 12 32 h79z figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here, Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAT 12 32 z3ma figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ…οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be forgiven him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive that person…God will not forgive that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 12 32 lw5j figs-metonymy ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 neither in this age, nor in the one coming Here, the phrases **this age** and **the one coming** are idioms referring to the present life and the next life. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the time we now live…in eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 12 33 bi8z writing-proverbs ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν; ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad The proverb **Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad** is making a figurative comparison. It is comparing the actions of a good person to the good fruit of a healthy tree. It is also comparing the bad works of an evil person to the bad fruit of an unhealthy tree. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor; people who are sick do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) +MAT 12 33 kl16 figs-idiom καλὸν…σαπρὸν 1 good … bad The words **good** and **bad** are figurative for healthy and unhealthy. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 12 33 kz12 figs-metaphor ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 for the tree is recognized by its fruit Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for what a person does. Alternate translation: “people know whether a person is good or bad by looking at the results of that person’s activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 12 33 nx9n figs-activepassive ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 for the tree is recognized by its fruit If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 12 34 r1uv figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You offspring of vipers Here, **offspring** means “having the characteristic of.” The **vipers** are poisonous snakes that are dangerous and represent evil. See how you translated a similar phrase in [3:7](../03/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 12 34 pl4g figs-you γεννήματα…δύνασθε 1 You offspring … are you able Both **You** and **you** are plural and refer to the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -MAT 12 34 e7x3 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες? 1 being evil, how are you able to say good things? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the Pharisees. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you cannot say good things because you are evil” or “you can only say evil things because you are evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 12 34 i7c6 figs-synecdoche ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. Alternate translation: “what a person says comes from his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MAT 12 34 e9bg figs-metonymy ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks Here, **heart** is a metonym for the thoughts in a person’s mind. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what is in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 12 35 r3uw figs-metaphor ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά 1 The good man from his good treasure brings forth good things, and the evil man from his evil treasure brings forth evil things Jesus speaks about the **heart** as if it were a container that a person fills with good or evil things. This is a metaphor that means what a person says reveals what the person is truly like. If you want to keep this imagery, see the UST. You can also translate the literal meaning. Alternate translation: “A man who is truly good will speak good things, and the man who is truly evil will speak evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 12 36 era6 λέγω…ὑμῖν 1 I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. -MAT 12 36 f1wh figs-metonymy πᾶν ῥῆμα ἀργὸν ὃ λαλήσουσιν 1 every idle word that they will speak Here, **word** refers to something that someone says. Alternate translation: “every harmful thing they will have said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 12 36 t2pj οἱ ἄνθρωποι, ἀποδώσουσιν περὶ αὐτοῦ λόγον 1 men will give an account concerning it Alternate translation: “God will ask those people about it” or “those people will have to explain it to God” -MAT 12 37 qw5e figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσῃ…καταδικασθήσῃ 1 you will be justified … you will be condemned If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 12 33 nx9n figs-activepassive ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 for the tree is recognized by its fruit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 12 34 r1uv figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You offspring of vipers Here, **You offspring of vipers** is a metaphor which is describing the behavior of the Pharisees. Vipers are poisonous snakes who can harm and kill people. The Pharisees are compared to vipers because their teaching was harming people spiritually. If your readers would not understand what this means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “You are behaving like dangerous snakes!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 12 34 e7x3 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες? 1 being evil, how are you able to say good things? Jesus uses a question to rebuke how evil the Pharisees behave. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you are certainly not able to say good things to people because you are so evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 12 34 i7c6 figs-synecdoche ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks Here, **mouth** is a synecdoche that represents a person as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “A person speaks from all that is in their heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAT 12 34 e9bg figs-metonymy ἐκ…τοῦ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας, τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ 1 out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks Here, **heart** is a metonym for the thoughts or intentions a person has. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “what a person says with his mouth reveals what he desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 12 35 r3uw writing-proverbs ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει ἀγαθά; καὶ ὁ πονηρὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ θησαυροῦ ἐκβάλλει πονηρά 1 The good man from his good treasure brings forth good things, and the evil man from his evil treasure brings forth evil things Jesus uses this proverb to speak about where people's behavior comes from. Jesus speaks of the heart as **treasure**. He is saying that good people say good things out of their good desires. Similarly, evil people do evil things out of their evil desires. Translate this proverb in a way that would be meaningful in your language, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “People who have good desires do things, but people who have evil desires do bad things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) +MAT 12 36 t2pj figs-genericnoun οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 men will give an account concerning it Jesus is speaking about **men** in general, and not about any specific men. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +MAT 12 36 ay18 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of boldness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” or “we may act boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the day when God will judge the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAT 12 37 qw5e figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσῃ…καταδικασθήσῃ 1 you will be justified … you will be condemned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 12 38 mec3 0 Connecting Statement: The dialogue in verses 38-45 happens immediately after Jesus responded to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed a man by the power of Satan. MAT 12 38 aiu6 θέλομεν 1 we wish Alternate translation: “we want” MAT 12 38 ikg2 figs-explicit ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν 1 to see a sign from you You can make explicit why they want **to see a sign**. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that proves what you say is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From d279df560d072279178a125b43fdeb00d3fcafce Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 13:35:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 07/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 12 +++++------- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 02d5dbd2df..5ffe2fd4a3 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -815,13 +815,11 @@ MAT 12 35 r3uw writing-proverbs ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ το MAT 12 36 t2pj figs-genericnoun οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 men will give an account concerning it Jesus is speaking about **men** in general, and not about any specific men. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MAT 12 36 ay18 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of boldness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” or “we may act boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the day when God will judge the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAT 12 37 qw5e figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσῃ…καταδικασθήσῃ 1 you will be justified … you will be condemned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 12 38 mec3 0 Connecting Statement: The dialogue in verses 38-45 happens immediately after Jesus responded to the Pharisees’ accusation that he healed a man by the power of Satan. -MAT 12 38 aiu6 θέλομεν 1 we wish Alternate translation: “we want” -MAT 12 38 ikg2 figs-explicit ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν 1 to see a sign from you You can make explicit why they want **to see a sign**. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that proves what you say is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 12 39 d8b9 figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, but no sign will be given to it Jesus is speaking to his present **generation**. Alternate translation: “You are an evil and adulterous generation who demands signs from me, but no sign will be given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -MAT 12 39 a5di figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 An … adulterous generation Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God. Alternate translation: “An evil and unfaithful generation” or “An evil and godless generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 12 39 c6hy figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 no sign will be given to it Jesus would not give them a **sign** because, though he had already performed many miracles, they refused to believe him. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will not give it a sign” or “God will not give you a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 12 39 j21p εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου 1 except the sign of Jonah the prophet Alternate translation: “except the same sign God gave to Jonah the prophet” +MAT 12 38 ikg2 figs-explicit ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν 1 to see a sign from you The religious leaders wanted to see a sign in order to prove that God sent Jesus as his messenger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that shows us that you are from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 12 39 d8b9 figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, but no sign will be given to it Jesus is speaking to the people who are right in front of him in the third person. If your readers would find it helpful, you could make this second person. Alternate translation: “You wicked and unfaithful generation seek a sign, but one will not be given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAT 12 39 a5di figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 An … adulterous generation Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God in their relationship with him like a person who is not faithful in their relationship with a spouse. If your readers would not understand what **adulterous** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “An evil and unfaithful generation” or “an evil and unloving generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 12 39 j21p grammar-connect-exceptions καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου 1 except the sign of Jonah the prophet If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but the only sign that I will give will be the sign of the prophet Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) +MAT 12 39 c6hy figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 no sign will be given to it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not give them a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 12 40 vh9i figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας 1 three days and three nights Here, **days** and **nights** mean complete 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) MAT 12 40 iuv8 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MAT 12 40 gg65 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς 1 in the heart of the earth This phrase refers to the inside a physical grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 5aa16b9ff232596468bfb30afc7ea3c07da5919e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 14:12:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 08/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 3 ++- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 5ffe2fd4a3..196d6ab4cc 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -820,7 +820,8 @@ MAT 12 39 d8b9 figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶ MAT 12 39 a5di figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 An … adulterous generation Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God in their relationship with him like a person who is not faithful in their relationship with a spouse. If your readers would not understand what **adulterous** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “An evil and unfaithful generation” or “an evil and unloving generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 12 39 j21p grammar-connect-exceptions καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου 1 except the sign of Jonah the prophet If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but the only sign that I will give will be the sign of the prophet Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) MAT 12 39 c6hy figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 no sign will be given to it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not give them a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 12 40 vh9i figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας 1 three days and three nights Here, **days** and **nights** mean complete 24-hour periods. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +MAT 12 40 vh9i figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας 1 three days and three nights The phrase **three days and three nights** is referring to three entire days If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +MAT 12 40 hzem figs-explicit ὥσπερ γὰρ ἦν Ἰωνᾶς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας, οὕτως 1 The phrase **three days and three nights** refers to three entire day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “three full days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) Jesus is assuming that his audience is familiar with the story of Jonah, which tells about how the prophet Jonah was swallowed by a fish because he disobeyed God. But once he repented, after three days, the fish spit him out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could reference this story explicitly. Alternate translation: “Think about the story of Jonah the prophet in the Scriptures. He was swallowed by a large fish for three days because he disobeyed God. After he repented, three days later, the fish spit him out. Similarly,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 12 40 iuv8 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MAT 12 40 gg65 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς 1 in the heart of the earth This phrase refers to the inside a physical grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 12 41 gnh1 ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται 1 The men of Nineveh Alternate translation: “The citizens of Nineveh” From 9bcedac3d9ced980aa37650af77c8afa3ea1d99d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 14:52:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 09/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 14 +++++++------- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 196d6ab4cc..710402ca9a 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -816,17 +816,17 @@ MAT 12 36 t2pj figs-genericnoun οἱ ἄνθρωποι 1 men will give an accou MAT 12 36 ay18 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of boldness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” or “we may act boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **judgement**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “in the day when God will judge the people of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAT 12 37 qw5e figs-activepassive δικαιωθήσῃ…καταδικασθήσῃ 1 you will be justified … you will be condemned If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will justify you … God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 12 38 ikg2 figs-explicit ἀπὸ σοῦ σημεῖον ἰδεῖν 1 to see a sign from you The religious leaders wanted to see a sign in order to prove that God sent Jesus as his messenger. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “to see a sign from you that shows us that you are from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 12 39 d8b9 figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, but no sign will be given to it Jesus is speaking to the people who are right in front of him in the third person. If your readers would find it helpful, you could make this second person. Alternate translation: “You wicked and unfaithful generation seek a sign, but one will not be given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAT 12 39 d8b9 figs-123person γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς σημεῖον ἐπιζητεῖ, καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 An evil and adulterous generation seeks a sign, but no sign will be given to it Jesus is speaking to the people who are right in front of him in the third person. If your readers would find it helpful, you could make this second person. Alternate translation: “A wicked and unfaithful generation like you seeks a sign, but a sign will not be given to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MAT 12 39 a5di figs-metaphor γενεὰ πονηρὰ καὶ μοιχαλὶς 1 An … adulterous generation Here, **adulterous** is a metaphor for people who are not faithful to God in their relationship with him like a person who is not faithful in their relationship with a spouse. If your readers would not understand what **adulterous** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “An evil and unfaithful generation” or “an evil and unloving generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 12 39 j21p grammar-connect-exceptions καὶ σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ, εἰ μὴ τὸ σημεῖον Ἰωνᾶ τοῦ προφήτου 1 except the sign of Jonah the prophet If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “but the only sign that I will give will be the sign of the prophet Jonah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) MAT 12 39 c6hy figs-activepassive σημεῖον οὐ δοθήσεται αὐτῇ 1 no sign will be given to it If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “I will not give them a sign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 12 40 vh9i figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας 1 three days and three nights The phrase **three days and three nights** is referring to three entire days If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +MAT 12 40 vh9i figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας…τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας 2 three days and three nights The phrase **three days and three nights** is referring to three entire days If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “three complete days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) MAT 12 40 hzem figs-explicit ὥσπερ γὰρ ἦν Ἰωνᾶς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας, οὕτως 1 The phrase **three days and three nights** refers to three entire day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “three full days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) Jesus is assuming that his audience is familiar with the story of Jonah, which tells about how the prophet Jonah was swallowed by a fish because he disobeyed God. But once he repented, after three days, the fish spit him out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could reference this story explicitly. Alternate translation: “Think about the story of Jonah the prophet in the Scriptures. He was swallowed by a large fish for three days because he disobeyed God. After he repented, three days later, the fish spit him out. Similarly,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 12 40 iuv8 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -MAT 12 40 gg65 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς 1 in the heart of the earth This phrase refers to the inside a physical grave. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 12 41 gnh1 ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται 1 The men of Nineveh Alternate translation: “The citizens of Nineveh” -MAT 12 41 b94i ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment Alternate translation: “on the judgment day” or “when God judges people” -MAT 12 41 x8gm τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation Here, **this generation** refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching. +MAT 12 40 iuv8 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAT 12 40 gg65 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς 1 in the heart of the earth The phrase **the heart of the earth** is figuratively referring to being deep in the ground. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 12 41 gnh1 figs-gendernotations ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται 1 The men of Nineveh The phrase **men of Nineveh** is referring to both men and women. Alternate translation: “Citizens of Ninevah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +MAT 12 41 b94i ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment The phrase **will stand up at the judgement** could either mean (1) that God will resurrect them, as in the UST. Or it could mean (2) that they will stand up with God as fellow judges over Israel. Alternate translation: “they will stand with God at the judgement” +MAT 12 41 x8gm τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation See how you translated the word **generation** in [12:39](../12/39.md) MAT 12 41 duz2 figs-metonymy κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν 1 will condemn it The word **condemn** could: (1) here represent accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) mean God **will condemn** this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 12 41 qg29 καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 and behold The word **behold** emphasizes what Jesus says next. MAT 12 41 dbs3 πλεῖον 1 something greater Alternate translation: “someone more important” From f3781663c8b63e0f5227a98d33d615918b2bac66 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Mon, 29 Aug 2022 18:00:41 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 10/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 53 ++++++++++++++++++------------------------------ 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 33 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 710402ca9a..8825c5abe2 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -824,45 +824,32 @@ MAT 12 40 vh9i figs-merism τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκ MAT 12 40 hzem figs-explicit ὥσπερ γὰρ ἦν Ἰωνᾶς ἐν τῇ κοιλίᾳ τοῦ κήτους τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ τρεῖς νύκτας, οὕτως 1 The phrase **three days and three nights** refers to three entire day. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “three full days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) Jesus is assuming that his audience is familiar with the story of Jonah, which tells about how the prophet Jonah was swallowed by a fish because he disobeyed God. But once he repented, after three days, the fish spit him out. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could reference this story explicitly. Alternate translation: “Think about the story of Jonah the prophet in the Scriptures. He was swallowed by a large fish for three days because he disobeyed God. After he repented, three days later, the fish spit him out. Similarly,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 12 40 iuv8 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MAT 12 40 gg65 figs-idiom ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ τῆς γῆς 1 in the heart of the earth The phrase **the heart of the earth** is figuratively referring to being deep in the ground. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 12 41 sn8j grammar-connect-logic-result ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται ἀναστήσονται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν; ὅτι μετενόησαν εἰς τὸ κήρυγμα Ἰωνᾶ; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The men of Ninevah repented when Jonah came to them, and behold, something greater than Jonah is here before you. Therefore, the men of Ninevah will stand up at the time of judgment with this generation and condemn it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) MAT 12 41 gnh1 figs-gendernotations ἄνδρες Νινευεῖται 1 The men of Nineveh The phrase **men of Nineveh** is referring to both men and women. Alternate translation: “Citizens of Ninevah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MAT 12 41 b94i ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment The phrase **will stand up at the judgement** could either mean (1) that God will resurrect them, as in the UST. Or it could mean (2) that they will stand up with God as fellow judges over Israel. Alternate translation: “they will stand with God at the judgement” MAT 12 41 x8gm τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation See how you translated the word **generation** in [12:39](../12/39.md) -MAT 12 41 duz2 figs-metonymy κατακρινοῦσιν αὐτήν 1 will condemn it The word **condemn** could: (1) here represent accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) mean God **will condemn** this generation of people because they did not repent as the people of Nineveh had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 12 41 qg29 καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 and behold The word **behold** emphasizes what Jesus says next. -MAT 12 41 dbs3 πλεῖον 1 something greater Alternate translation: “someone more important” -MAT 12 41 zb6a figs-123person πλεῖον 1 something greater Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -MAT 12 41 a5p8 figs-explicit Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 than Jonah is here You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Jonah is here, yet you still have not repented, which is why God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 12 42 zwv7 translate-names βασίλισσα νότου 1 The Queen of the South This refers to the **Queen** of Sheba. Sheba is a land south of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MAT 12 42 kku7 ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 will rise up at the judgment Alternate translation: “will stand up at the judgment” +MAT 12 41 dbs3 figs-ellipsis πλεῖον Ἰωνᾶ ὧδε 1 something greater Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Jonah is here and you have not repented” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 12 41 zb6a figs-123person πλεῖον 1 something greater Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAT 12 42 zwv7 translate-names βασίλισσα νότου 1 The Queen of the South This refers to the **Queen** of the country called Sheba. Sheba was a land south of Israel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MAT 12 42 kku7 ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 will rise up at the judgment See the note on this phrase in the previous verse. MAT 12 42 z46e ἐν τῇ κρίσει 1 at the judgment See how you translated this phrase in [12:41](../12/41.md). -MAT 12 42 zc72 τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation Here, **this generation** refers to the people living during the time Jesus was preaching. -MAT 12 42 k4ls figs-metonymy κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν 1 condemn them See how you translated a similar statement in [12:41](../12/41.md). The word **condemn** could: (1) here represent accusing. Alternate translation: “will accuse this generation of people” (2) mean God will **condemn** this generation of people because they did not listen to wisdom as the Queen of the South had. Alternate translation: “God will condemn this generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 12 42 q8q8 figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 she came from the ends of the earth Here, **the ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “very far away.” Alternate translation: “she came from very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 12 42 t521 grammar-connect-words-phrases ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος 1 for she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon This statement explains why the Queen of the South will condemn the people of Jesus’ generation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) -MAT 12 42 n99z καὶ ἰδοὺ 1 and behold The word **behold** adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. -MAT 12 42 aj1x πλεῖον 1 something greater Alternate translation: “someone more important” -MAT 12 42 uf5k figs-123person πλεῖον 1 something greater Jesus is speaking about himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -MAT 12 42 yra5 figs-explicit Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 than Solomon is here You can make explicit the implicit meaning of Jesus’ statement. Alternate translation: “than Solomon is here, yet you do not listen. That is why God will condemn you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 12 43 f5jr ἀνύδρων τόπων 1 waterless places Alternate translation: “dry places” or “places where no people live” -MAT 12 43 x2ur οὐχ εὑρίσκει 1 not finding it Here, **it** refers to rest. -MAT 12 44 gey7 τότε λέγει, εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου ἐπιστρέψω ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον. 1 Then it says, ‘I will return to my house from which I departed.’ You can translate this as a statement rather than a quotation. Alternate translation: “So, the unclean spirit decides to return to the house from which it departed” -MAT 12 44 ty9b figs-metaphor εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου…ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 to my house from which I departed Here, **my house** is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living. Alternate translation: “to the person I left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 12 44 cd4f figs-activepassive εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 it finds it empty, having been swept out and put in order If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the unclean spirit finds that someone has swept the house clean and has put everything in the house where it belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 12 44 s6jf figs-metaphor σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 empty and swept out and put in order Here, **swept out and put in order** suggests that no one is living in the house. Jesus means when an unclean spirit leaves a person, the person must invite the Holy Spirit to live in him or else the demon will come back. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 12 45 bhb4 figs-parables τότε πορεύεται καὶ παραλαμβάνει μεθ’ ἑαυτοῦ ἑπτὰ ἕτερα πνεύματα πονηρότερα ἑαυτοῦ, καὶ εἰσελθόντα κατοικεῖ ἐκεῖ; καὶ γίνεται τὰ ἔσχατα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἐκείνου χείρονα τῶν πρώτων. οὕτως ἔσται καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ 1 Then it goes and takes along with itself seven other spirits more evil than itself, and having entered, they live there. And the end of that man becomes worse than the first. It will be the same way also with this evil generation Jesus tells a parable to warn the people of the danger of not believing him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -MAT 12 45 jw1h οὕτως ἔσται καὶ τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ πονηρᾷ 1 It will be the same way also with this evil generation This means that if the people of Jesus’ generation do not believe him and become his disciples, they will be in a worse situation than they were before he came. -MAT 12 46 qj8w 0 General Information: The arrival of Jesus’ mother and brothers becomes an opportunity for him to describe his spiritual family. -MAT 12 46 ahx7 ἰδοὺ 1 behold The word **behold** alerts us to a new people in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. -MAT 12 46 mh5f ἡ μήτηρ 1 his mother This is Mary, Jesus’ human mother. -MAT 12 46 dq8m οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers Most people understand **his brothers** to refer to other sons born to Mary after Jesus—his younger brothers. Some people believe the word **brothers** here refers to Jesus’ cousins. -MAT 12 46 z97j ζητοῦντες…λαλῆσαι 1 seeking to speak Alternate translation: “wanting to speak” -MAT 12 47 qd32 figs-quotations εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι. 1 Someone said to him, “Behold, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you.” You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “Someone told Jesus that his mother and brothers were outside and wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -MAT 12 48 jm1y figs-ellipsis τῷ λέγοντι αὐτῷ 1 to the one speaking to him The details of the message the person told Jesus are understood and not repeated here. Alternate translation: “to the one who told Jesus that his mother and brothers wanted to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MAT 12 48 e535 figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? 1 Who is my mother and who are my brothers? Jesus uses this question to teach the people. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who are really my mother and brothers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 12 49 gk62 ἰδοὺ 1 Behold Alternate translation: “Look” or “Listen” or “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” -MAT 12 49 rxe8 figs-metaphor ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 my mother and my brothers This is a metaphor that means Jesus’ disciples belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 12 50 e25c ὅστις…ἂν ποιήσῃ 1 whoever may do Alternate translation: “anyone who does” +MAT 12 42 zc72 τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης 1 this generation See how you translated **generation** in the previous verse. +MAT 12 42 q8q8 figs-idiom ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς 1 she came from the ends of the earth Here, the phrase **the ends of the earth** is an idiom that means “very far away.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “she came from very far away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 12 42 t521 grammar-connect-logic-result βασίλισσα νότου ἐγερθήσεται ἐν τῇ κρίσει μετὰ τῆς γενεᾶς ταύτης, καὶ κατακρινεῖ αὐτήν; ὅτι ἦλθεν ἐκ τῶν περάτων τῆς γῆς ἀκοῦσαι τὴν σοφίαν Σολομῶνος; καὶ ἰδοὺ, πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 for she came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “The Queen of Sheba came from the ends of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and behold, I am much greater than her. Therefore, she will be raised in the judgement with this generation and will judge it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +MAT 12 42 aj1x πλεῖον Σολομῶνος ὧδε 1 something greater Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “something greater than Solomon is here, and you will not come and listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 12 42 uf5k figs-123person πλεῖον 1 something greater Jesus is speaking about himself here in the third person. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in the first person, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAT 12 43 tnea figs-parables δὲ 1 Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach. Alternate translation: “Suppose a demon goes out of a person. And suppose it then wanders through the desert looking for another place to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hypo]]) In this verse Jesus begins telling a parable that go through [12:45](../12/45.md). Jesus is teaching the people the dangers of not allowing the Holy Spirit to live in them, and how this allows demons to control them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “No I am going to teach you through telling you a story” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) +MAT 12 43 f5jr figs-metonymy ἀνύδρων τόπων 1 waterless places Jesus is describing the desert figuratively by reference to the lack of water there. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the desert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] +MAT 12 44 ty9b figs-metaphor εἰς τὸν οἶκόν μου…ὅθεν ἐξῆλθον 1 to my house from which I departed Here, **my house** is a metaphor for the person in whom the unclean spirit was living and controlling. If your readers would not understand what house means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to the person I left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 12 44 cd4f figs-activepassive εὑρίσκει σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 it finds it empty, having been swept out and put in order If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the spirit finds that it was empty, and someone swept it and left it organized” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 12 44 s6jf figs-metaphor σχολάζοντα σεσαρωμένον καὶ κεκοσμημένον 1 empty and swept out and put in order Here, the phrase **empty, having been swept out and put in order** is figurative language referring to a house that has been cleaned and moved out of so no one lives there. Similar to this, the spirit found this person to not have any spirit living in it. Jesus is saying that the person did not have the Holy Spirit living within them so the demon came back. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “the spirit finds that the person did not have the Holy Spirit living in them, but that there was no spirit living in them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 12 47 qd32 figs-quotations εἶπεν δέ τις αὐτῷ, ἰδοὺ, ἡ μήτηρ σου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί σου ἔξω ἑστήκασιν ζητοῦντές σοι λαλῆσαι. 1 Someone said to him, “Behold, your mother and your brothers stand outside, seeking to speak to you.” If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “now someone said to him that his mother and brothers were standing outside seeking to speak to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +MAT 12 48 e535 figs-rquestion τίς ἐστιν ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ τίνες εἰσὶν οἱ ἀδελφοί μου? 1 Who is my mother and who are my brothers? Jesus asks this question to teach the crowd about which people are a part of his spiritual family. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “I will tell you who the people are that are my mother and brothers.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 12 49 rxe8 translate-kinship ἡ μήτηρ μου καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοί μου 1 my mother and my brothers The phrase **my mother and my brothers** is not here referring to Jesus' actual brothers and mother, but he is referring to his disciples as his brothers and mother. Jesus says this because he considers them a part of his spiritual family. If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “these are like like a mother and brothers to me” or “these are like family to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) +MAT 12 50 e25c ὅστις…ἂν ποιήσῃ 1 whoever may do The word **For** here tells the reader that Jesus is explaining the previous thing he said. He is explaining that he considers as family those who obey God. Alternate translation: “For I consider the one that obeys my Father in the heavens to be my mother or my brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-words-phrases]]) MAT 12 50 mq9r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 of my Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +MAT 12 50 s0yb figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated the phrase **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) See how you translated the phrase **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 12 50 gn31 figs-metaphor αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 he is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 13 intro s3lu 0 # Matthew 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.

This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metonymy

Jesus often says The word **heaven** when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([13:11](../mat/13/11.md)).

### Implicit information

Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” ([Matthew 13:1](../mat/13/01.md)), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Metaphor

Speakers often use words for things that can be touched to speak of things that cannot be touched. Jesus spoke of a bird eating a seed to describe how Satan kept people from understanding Jesus’ message ([13:19](../mat/13/19.md)).

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Passive voice

Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, “they were scorched” ([13:6](../mat/13/06.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

### Parables

The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([13:11-13](./11.md)). MAT 13 1 r4xv 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Jesus begins to teach the crowds, using parables, about the kingdom of heaven. From 4ec771a143dedeab2fc9b5876a4a1c836a9b4580 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 11:28:21 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 11/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 8825c5abe2..549208e0ba 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote MAT front intro sa9c 0 # Introduction to the Gospel of Matthew

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Matthew

1. The birth of Jesus Christ and the beginning of his ministry (1:1-4:25)
1. Jesus’ Sermon on the Mount (5:1-7:28)
1. Jesus illustrates the kingdom of God through acts of healing (8:1-9:34)
1. Jesus’ teaching about mission and the kingdom (9:35-10:42)
1. Jesus’ teaching about the gospel of the kingdom of God. The beginning of opposition to Jesus. (11:1-12:50)
1. Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of God (13:1-52)
1. Further opposition to Jesus and misunderstanding of the kingdom of God (13:53-17:57)
1. Jesus’ teaching about life in the kingdom of God (18:1-35)
1. Jesus ministers in Judea (19:1-22:46)
1. Jesus’ teaching about the final judgment and salvation (23:1-25:46)
1. The crucifixion of Jesus, his death and resurrection (26:1-28:19)

### What is the book of Matthew about?

The Gospel of Matthew is one of four books in the New Testament that describe some of the life of Jesus Christ. The authors of the gospels wrote about different aspects of who Jesus was and what he did. Matthew showed that Jesus was the Messiah, and God would save Israel through him. Matthew often explained that Jesus fulfilled the Old Testament prophecies about the Messiah. This may indicate that he expected most of his first readers to be Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/christ]])

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Gospel of Matthew,” or “The Gospel according to Matthew.” Or they may choose a title that may be clearer, such as, “The Good News about Jesus that Matthew wrote.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])

### Who wrote the Book of Matthew?

The book does not give the name of the author. However, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that the author was the Apostle Matthew.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the “kingdom of heaven?”

Matthew spoke of the kingdom of heaven in the same way that other gospel writers spoke of the kingdom of God. The kingdom of heaven represents God ruling over all people and all creation everywhere. Those whom God accepts into his kingdom will be blessed. They will live with God forever.

### What were Jesus’ teaching methods?

The people regarded Jesus as a rabbi. A rabbi is a teacher of God’s law. Jesus taught in similar ways as other religious teachers in Israel. He had students who followed him wherever he went. These students were called disciples. He often told parables. Parables are stories that teach moral lessons. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/disciple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/parable]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What are the Synoptic Gospels?

The Gospels of Matthew, Mark, and Luke are called the Synoptic Gospels because they have many similar passages. The word “synoptic” means to “see together.”

The texts are considered “parallel” when they are the same or almost the same among two or three gospels. When translating parallel passages, translators should use the same wording and make them as similar as possible.

### Why does Jesus refer to himself as the “Son of Man”?

In the gospels, Jesus calls himself the “Son of Man.” It is a reference to Daniel 7:13-14. In this passage there is a person described as a “son of man.” That means the person was someone who looked like a human being. God gave authority to the son of man to rule over the nations forever. And all the people will worship him forever.

Jews of Jesus’ time did not use “Son of Man” as a title for anyone. Therefore, Jesus used it for himself to help them understand who he truly was. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sonofman]])

Translating the title “Son of Man” can be difficult in many languages. Readers may misunderstand a literal translation. Translators can consider alternatives, such as “The Human One.” It may also be helpful to include a footnote to explain the title.

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Matthew?

The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible but are not included in most modern versions:
* “Bless those who curse you, do good to those who hate you” (5:44)
* “For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen” (6:13)
* “But this kind of demon does not go out except with prayer and fasting” (17:21)
* “For the Son of Man came to save that which was lost” (18:11)
* “Many are called, but few are chosen” (20:16)
* “Woe to you, scribes and Pharisees, hypocrites! for you devour widows’ houses, while you make a show of long prayers. You will therefore receive greater condemnation.” (23:14)

Translators are advised not to include these passages. However, if in the translators’ region, there are older versions of the Bible that include one or more of these passages, the translators can include them. If they are included, they should be put inside square brackets ([]) to indicate that they were probably not original to Matthew’s Gospel. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) MAT 1 intro y7kk 0 # Matthew 1 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

### Indentation

Some translations set a quotation from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this for the quoted material in 1:23.

### Genealogy

A genealogy is a list that records a person’s ancestors or descendants. Genealogies were important to the Jewish people because family lineage is how they decided how someone functioned in society. For instance, if someone was a descendant of Aaron, they were able to become priests. Similarly, if someone was a descendant of King David, they were able to become a king. This genealogy shows that Jesus was clearly a descendant of King David, and therefore, was able to become king.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Use of the passive voice

Matthew uses the passive voice very purposefully in this chapter to indicate that Mary did not have a sexual relationship with anyone. She became pregnant with Jesus because the Holy Spirit performed a miracle. Many languages do not have a passive voice, so translators in those languages must find other ways to present the same truths. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])
-MAT 1 1 vpg1 figs-metaphor Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 of Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham Here, **son** means “descendant.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, who was a descendent of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 1 1 vpg1 figs-metaphor Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, υἱοῦ Δαυεὶδ, υἱοῦ Ἀβραάμ 1 of Jesus Christ, son of David, son of Abraham Here, the word **son** means “descendant.” If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, who was a descendent of Abraham” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 1 3 g8y6 translate-names 0 of Perez … Zerah … of Hezron … of Ram Unless stated otherwise, all of the names in this genealogy are men’s names. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MAT 1 5 q5bd translate-names Ῥαχάβ…Ῥούθ 1 Boaz became the father of Obed by Ruth **Rahab** and **Ruth** were the names of women. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MAT 1 11 v2im Βαβυλῶνος 1 to Babylon Here, **Babylonian** refers to the country of Babylonia, not just the city of Babylon. @@ -736,12 +736,12 @@ MAT 11 30 ynf1 figs-parallelism ὁ γὰρ ζυγός μου χρηστὸς κ MAT 12 intro y7z6 0 # Matthew 12 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 12:18-21, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Sabbath

This chapter has much to say about how God’s people are to obey the Sabbath. Jesus said that the rules that the Pharisees made up did not help people obey the Sabbath the way God wanted them to. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])

### “Blasphemy against the Spirit”

No one knows for sure what actions people perform or what words they say when they commit this sin. However, they probably insult the Holy Spirit and his work. Part of the Holy Spirit’s work is to make people understand that they are sinners and that they need to have God forgive them. Therefore, anyone who does not try to stop sinning is probably committing blasphemy against the Spirit. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/blasphemy]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holyspirit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Brothers and sisters

Most people call those who have the same parents “brother” and “sister” and think of them as the most important people in their lives. Many people also call those with the same grandparents “brother” and “sister.” In this chapter Jesus says that the most important people to him are those who obey his Father in heaven. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/brother]]) MAT 12 1 m2n1 writing-newevent ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 At that time This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MAT 12 1 tvt9 translate-unknown τῶν σπορίμων 1 the grainfields A grainfield is a place where grain is grown and harvested. This grain is usually turned into bread. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a field where grain is grown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MAT 12 1 y5vr figs-explicit στάχυας 1 heads of grain The heads are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the heads of grain to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. This can be worded to show the full meaning. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food that you have to remove from a shell or casing. Alternate translation: “picking the tops of grain and eating the seeds”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n -MAT 12 2 swl7 figs-explicit ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 do what is not lawful to do on the Sabbath According to the Law of Moses, people are not allowed to work on the Sabbath in order to focus on worshipping God. The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be harvesting, and therefore work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 12 1 y5vr figs-explicit στάχυας 1 heads of grain The **heads** are the topmost part of the wheat plant, which is a kind of tall grass. The heads hold the mature grain or seeds of the plant. The disciples were picking the heads of grain to eat the kernels, or seeds, in them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, think of a type of food that you have to remove from a shell or casing. Alternate translation: “picking the tops of grain and eating the seeds”. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n +MAT 12 2 swl7 figs-explicit ποιοῦσιν ὃ οὐκ ἔξεστιν ποιεῖν ἐν Σαββάτῳ 1 do what is not lawful to do on the Sabbath According to the law of Moses, people are not allowed to work on the Sabbath in order to focus on worshipping God. The Pharisees considered even the small action of plucking and rubbing heads of grain to be work. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are harvesting grain, and that is work that the law does not permit you to do on the Sabbath!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 12 3 d712 figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε τί ἐποίησεν Δαυεὶδ, ὅτε ἐπείνασεν καὶ οἱ μετ’ αὐτοῦ 1 Have you never read what David did, when he was hungry, and those who were with him— This begins a question that continues into the next verse. See the note in the next verse for how to address this rhetorical question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 12 4 u3ye figs-rquestion πῶς εἰσῆλθεν εἰς τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως ἔφαγεν, ὃ οὐκ ἐξὸν ἦν αὐτῷ φαγεῖν, οὐδὲ τοῖς μετ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 Jesus asks this question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly you have read what David did when he and those with him were hungry, how he went into the God's house and ate the bread of the presence, which they was not allowed to do. Only the priests were allowed to do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 12 4 blm5 figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the house of God Jesus is figuratively describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) -MAT 12 4 ue7l figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the loaves of the presence This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 12 4 blm5 figs-metaphor τὸν οἶκον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the house of God Jesus is figuratively describing the tabernacle as the house of God. He is speaking as if it were the place where God lived, since God’s presence was there. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “David went into the tabernacle” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) +MAT 12 4 ue7l figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 the loaves of the presence This refers to the 12 loaves of bread that were placed on a golden table in the tabernacle or temple building as a sacrifice to God during Old Testament times. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the 12 loaves of the bread of the presence which were in the tabernacle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 12 4 lkx9 figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 except only for the priests Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but it was only lawful for the priests to eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 12 5 f79q figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? 1 have you not read in the law that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent? Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 12 5 dqe9 figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 profane the Sabbath The priests are said to **profane the Sabbath** because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working their priestly duties” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 41457d3f02b99e3a252054a969b33fb8be9400bc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Tue, 30 Aug 2022 14:50:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 12/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 57 ++++++++++++++++++++++++------------------------ 1 file changed, 28 insertions(+), 29 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 549208e0ba..9b480d6390 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -745,67 +745,66 @@ MAT 12 4 ue7l figs-explicit τοὺς ἄρτους τῆς Προθέσεως 1 MAT 12 4 lkx9 figs-ellipsis εἰ μὴ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν μόνοις 1 except only for the priests Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but it was only lawful for the priests to eat it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 12 5 f79q figs-rquestion οὐκ ἀνέγνωτε ἐν τῷ νόμῳ, ὅτι τοῖς Σάββασιν οἱ ἱερεῖς ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν, καὶ ἀναίτιοί εἰσιν? 1 have you not read in the law that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent? Jesus uses a question to respond to the criticism of the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Surely you have read in the law of Moses that on the Sabbaths the priests in the temple profane the Sabbath, but are innocent.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 12 5 dqe9 figs-explicit τὸ Σάββατον βεβηλοῦσιν 1 profane the Sabbath The priests are said to **profane the Sabbath** because they had to fulfill their priestly duties on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “defile the Sabbath by working their priestly duties” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 12 6 k4mn figs-123person τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν 1 greater than the temple Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater than the temple**. Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -MAT 12 7 ypj7 figs-explicit εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 But if you had known what this is, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you would not have condemned the innocent Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Pharisees about why they were wrong for accusing Jesus' disciples of working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “Suppose you had understood what the phrase ‘I desire you to have mercy and not to sacrifice’ meant, then you certainly would not have condemned my innocent disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) -MAT 12 7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This means that God considers **mercy** more important than the **sacrifice**. This is because, many times, the reason why sacrifice had to happen was because people were disobeying God and not being merciful. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather you be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds. +MAT 12 6 k4mn figs-123person τοῦ ἱεροῦ μεῖζόν 1 greater than the temple Jesus was referring to himself as the one who is **greater than the temple** If it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am someone who is more important than the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAT 12 7 ypj7 grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical εἰ δὲ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν, ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν, οὐκ ἂν κατεδικάσατε τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 But if you had known what this is, ‘I desire mercy and not sacrifice,’ you would not have condemned the innocent Jesus is using a hypothetical situation to teach the Pharisees about why they were wrong for accusing Jesus' disciples of working on the Sabbath. Alternate translation: “Suppose you had understood what the phrase ‘I desire you to have mercy and not to sacrifice’ meant, then you certainly would not have condemned my innocent disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) +MAT 12 7 e1ju ἔλεος θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν 1 I desire mercy and not sacrifice In the law of Moses, God did command the Israelites to offer sacrifices. This verse is saying that God would prefer the Israelites to have **mercy** than for them to have to offer a **sacrifice** for their sins. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “I would rather you be merciful to others than for you to continually offer sacrifices for your wrongful deeds. MAT 12 7 s23l figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀναιτίους 1 the innocent Jesus is using the adjective **innocent** as a noun in order to describe his disciples. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are innocent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MAT 12 8 l7g3 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If your readers would not understand this, you can use the first person here to clarify, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MAT 12 8 nca0 figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 **Son of Man** is an important title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 12 9 y4me writing-pronouns εἰς τὴν συναγωγὴν αὐτῶν 1 their synagogue The word **their** likely refers to the Pharisees who Jesus was just speaking to. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “into those Pharisees synagogue” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -MAT 12 10 xb13 translate-unknown ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 there was a man having a withered hand This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled” or “his hand was atrophied” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MAT 12 10 c1cc writing-background καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν …ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him Here, Matthew is giving background information to help to reader understand why they **questioned** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “and they were questioning him … to try to find fault in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n +MAT 12 10 xb13 translate-unknown ἄνθρωπος χεῖρα ἔχων ξηράν 1 there was a man having a withered hand This means that the man’s hand was damaged in such a way that he could not stretch it out. It was probably bent almost into a fist, making it look smaller. State this in a way that would be understandable to your readers. Alternate translation: “his hand was shriveled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 12 10 c1cc writing-background καὶ ἐπηρώτησαν αὐτὸν …ἵνα κατηγορήσωσιν αὐτοῦ 1 so that they might accuse him Here, Matthew is giving background information to help to reader understand why the Pharisees **questioned** Jesus. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “and they were questioning him … to try to find fault in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])\n MAT 12 11 ng4j figs-rquestion τίς ἔσται ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνθρωπος, ὃς ἕξει πρόβατον ἕν, καὶ ἐὰν ἐμπέσῃ τοῦτο τοῖς Σάββασιν εἰς βόθυνον, οὐχὶ κρατήσει αὐτὸ καὶ ἐγερεῖ? 1 What man will there be among you, who, will have one sheep, and if it might fall into a pit on the Sabbaths, would not grasp hold of it and lift it out? Jesus uses a question to respond to the Pharisees. He is challenging them to think about what kind of work they do on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Every one of you, if you only had one sheep, and it fell into a pit on the Sabbath, would certainly grab the sheep and lift it out.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 12 12 s2tu figs-rquestion πόσῳ οὖν διαφέρει ἄνθρωπος προβάτου? 1 How much more valuable, then, is a man than a sheep? Jesus asks this question to prove the point that the Pharisees would be willing to help a sheep, but not a person, on the Sabbath. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “A person is certainly more valuable than a sheep!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 12 13 be8u figs-imperative τότε λέγει τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ, ἔκτεινόν σου τὴν χεῖρα. 1 Then he says to the man, “Stretch out your hand.” This is an imperative, but this was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, this was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Use a form in your language that would be used in this type of situation. Alternate translation: “Stretch out your hand! Be healed!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) MAT 12 13 jry3 figs-activepassive ἀπεκατεστάθη, ὑγιὴς 1 it was restored to health If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed his hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 12 15 lbo1 figs-hyperbole ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας 1 Here the word **all** is figurative, meaning that Jesus healed many people. Jesus likely did not heal everyone. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) Here, the word **all** is figurative meaning many. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +MAT 12 15 lbo1 figs-hyperbole ἐθεράπευσεν αὐτοὺς πάντας 1 Here the word **all** is figurative, meaning that Jesus healed many people. Jesus likely did not heal everyone. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) Here, the word **all** is figurative meaning “many”. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows honor. Alternate translation: “he healed many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MAT 12 17 mcd7 figs-activepassive τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἠσαΐου τοῦ προφήτου 1 what had been said through Isaiah the prophet If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God spoke through the prophet Isaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 12 18 zkt7 figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἀγαπητός μου 1 Connecting Statement: If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **beloved**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “one who I love” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAT 12 18 s6a4 figs-synecdoche εἰς ὃν εὐδόκησεν ἡ ψυχή μου 1 in whom my soul is well pleased Here, **soul** refers to the person as a whole. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “with whom I am very pleased” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAT 12 18 jh8p figs-abstractnouns κρίσιν τοῖς ἔθνεσιν ἀπαγγελεῖ 1 he will announce justice to the Gentiles If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **justice**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he will proclaim that God will act justly towards the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAT 12 19 gj1p figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐρίσει, οὐδὲ κραυγάσει 1 He will not strive … his Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He will not strive with people, nor will he cry around to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MAT 12 19 jr87 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις 1 in the streets Here, the phrase **in the streets** is an idiom that means no one heard his voice in public. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns where people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 12 20 cdk2 figs-metaphor κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **and he will not quench a smoking flax** are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 12 19 gj1p figs-ellipsis οὐκ ἐρίσει, οὐδὲ κραυγάσει 1 He will not strive … his Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “He will not strive with people, nor will he cry out loud to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 12 19 jr87 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς πλατείαις 1 in the streets Here, the phrase **in the streets** is an idiom that means in public. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the cities and towns where people are” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 12 20 cdk2 figs-metaphor κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **and he will not quench a smoking flax** are metaphors emphasizing that God’s servant will be gentle and kind. Both **bruised reed** and **smoking flax** represent weak and hurting people. If your readers would not understand what these mean, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “He will be kind to weak people, and he will be gentle to those who are hurting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 12 20 kbu9 figs-parallelism κάλαμον συντετριμμένον οὐ κατεάξει, καὶ λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 He will not break a bruised reed; and he will not quench a smoking flax Both of the phrases **He will not break a bruised reed** and **and he will not quench a smoking flax** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “He will not destroy something already very weak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MAT 12 20 y8mn translate-unknown λίνον τυφόμενον οὐ σβέσει 1 he will not quench a smoking flax Here, **flax** refers to a burning wick, or a small flame. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a general expression. Alternate translation: “a small flame” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MAT 12 20 b6tw figs-abstractnouns ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 he may lead justice to victory If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **victory** or **boldness**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “he might cause people to be justified before God, and cause them to be victorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAT 12 21 w3rq figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name Here, **name** refers to the whole person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAT 12 20 b6tw figs-abstractnouns ἕως ἂν ἐκβάλῃ εἰς νῖκος τὴν κρίσιν 1 he may lead justice to victory If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **justice** or **victory**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “until he would cause people to be justified before God, and cause them to be victorious over death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAT 12 21 w3rq figs-synecdoche τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ 1 in his name Here, the word **name** refers to God himself. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAT 12 22 nba2 writing-newevent τότε 1 General Information: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -MAT 12 22 e1g4 figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος 1 Then someone was brought to him, blind and mute, demon-possessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought one who a demon possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 12 22 k2vt figs-nominaladj τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 someone was brought to him, blind and mute Jesus is using the adjectives **blind** and **mute** as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who was blind and mute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -MAT 12 23 ink7 translate-unknown ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the Son of David **Son of David** is a an important title for the Messiah, who was supposed to come and sit on David's throne. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Messiah, the Son of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MAT 12 23 h8kf figs-metonymy υἱὸς 1 Son Here, the word **Son** is figurative for a descendant of someone. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 12 24 p1mi figs-doublenegatives οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 He does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul If the double negative **He does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul** would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “He throws out demons by the Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +MAT 12 22 e1g4 figs-activepassive προσηνέχθη αὐτῷ δαιμονιζόμενος 1 Then someone was brought to him, blind and mute, demon-possessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “some people brought one who was demon possessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 12 22 k2vt figs-nominaladj τυφλὸς καὶ κωφός 1 someone was brought to him, blind and mute Jesus is using the adjectives **blind** and **mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “a person who was blind and mute” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MAT 12 23 ink7 translate-unknown ὁ υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 the Son of David **Son of David** is a an important title for the Messiah, who was supposed to come and rule on David's throne. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Messiah, the Son of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 12 23 h8kf figs-metonymy υἱὸς 1 Son Here, the word **Son** is figurative for a descendant of someone. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “offspring (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 12 24 p1mi figs-doublenegatives οὗτος οὐκ ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια, εἰ μὴ ἐν τῷ Βεελζεβοὺλ 1 He does not cast out demons except by Beelzebul If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “He throws out demons only by the Beelzebul” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) MAT 12 25 ckth figs-explicit εἰδὼς δὲ τὰς ἐνθυμήσεις αὐτῶν εἶπεν αὐτοῖς 1 This phrase implies that Jesus had supernatural knowledge. It indicates that Jesus knew what the scribes were saying even though he did not hear what they said. If it would be helpful to your readers, your could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Even though no one told Jesus, he know their thoughts. So he said to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 12 25 i1sd writing-proverbs πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται, καὶ πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται  1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand Jesus uses a proverb to respond to the Pharisees saying that he casts out demons by Beelzebul. Translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “If the people of a nation are fighting against each other, they will certainly cause its destruction. Similarly, if people of a city or even a house are fighting against each other, they will will not be united together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) -MAT 12 25 ll42 figs-parallelism πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται…πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand The phrases **Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate** and **every city or house divided against itself will not stand** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing to show that if any group of people fights against each other, it will eventually fall apart. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Any group of people fighting against each other will eventually fall apart and no longer be united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -MAT 12 25 g9ec figs-metonymy βασιλεία…πόλις ἢ οἰκία\n 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate Here, the words **kingdom**, **city**, refer to the people who live in them. The word **house** refers to a family, who would all live in the same house. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "people who live in a nation … people who live in a city or house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 12 25 rvzh figs-activepassive πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People living in a country who flight against each other destroy their own country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 12 25 ll42 figs-parallelism πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται…πᾶσα πόλις ἢ οἰκία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς οὐ σταθήσεται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate, and every city or house divided against itself will not stand The phrases **Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate** and **every city or house divided against itself will not stand** mean the same thing. Jesus says the same thing to show that if any group of people fights against each other, it will eventually loose its unity. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Any group of people fighting against each other will eventually fall apart and no longer be united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +MAT 12 25 g9ec figs-metonymy βασιλεία…πόλις ἢ οἰκία\n 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate Here, the words **kingdom**, **city**, refer figuratively to the people who live in them. The word **house** refers figuratively to a family, who would all live in the same house. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: "people who live in a nation … people who live in a city or house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 12 25 rvzh figs-activepassive πᾶσα βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθ’ ἑαυτῆς ἐρημοῦται 1 Every kingdom divided against itself is made desolate If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “People living in a country who fight against each other destroy their own country” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 12 26 i42r figs-metonymy Σατανᾶν 1 if Satan casts out Satan The second word **Satan** is figurative, referring to the demons that serve Satan. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the demons who serve Satan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 12 26 ah7t figs-rquestion πῶς οὖν σταθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ 1 How then will his kingdom stand? Jesus uses this question to show the Pharisees that accusing Jesus of casting out demons by Satan is foolish. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “His kingdom will surely not stand!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 12 27 gee9 figs-rquestion οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἐν τίνι ἐκβάλλουσιν? 1 by whom do your sons cast them out? Jesus uses another question to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “certainly your sons also cast out demons by the same person as me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 12 27 x9je figs-metaphor οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν 1 your sons The phrase **your sons** refers to their the disciples of the Pharisees. If your readers would not understand what **sons** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “your disciples” or “your followers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 12 27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 For this reason they will be your judges The phrase **For this reason they will be your judges** could mean (1) that they will judge the Pharisees's accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will see that you are wrong". Or (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges” -MAT 12 28 zb4d grammar-connect-condition-fact But if I cast out demons by the Spirit of God, then the kingdom of God has come upon you 1 But if I Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) +MAT 12 27 jja2 διὰ τοῦτο, αὐτοὶ κριταὶ ἔσονται ὑμῶν 1 For this reason they will be your judges The phrase **For this reason they will be your judges** could mean (1) that they will judge the Pharisees's accusations against Jesus to be wrong. Alternate translation: “Because of this your disciples will show that you are wrong". Or (2) they will stand with God at the end of time to judge the Pharisees. Alternate translation: “Because of this yours sons will be your judges” +MAT 12 28 zb4d grammar-connect-condition-fact εἰ δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι Θεοῦ ἐγὼ ἐκβάλλω τὰ δαιμόνια, ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 But if I Jesus is speaking as if this were a hypothetical possibility, but he means that it is actually true. If your language does not state something as a condition if it is certain or true, and if your readers might misunderstand and think that what John is saying is not certain, then you can translate his words as an affirmative statement. Alternate translation: “But since I throw out demons by the Spirit of God, the kingdom of God has come” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-fact]]) MAT 12 28 r5dg figs-metonymy ἄρα ἔφθασεν ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 then the kingdom of God has come upon you See how you translated **kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md).\nAlternate translation: “then God is make people a part of his people over whom he will rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n MAT 12 29 t4vu figs-parables ἢ\n 1 how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? And then he will plunder his house This parable tells about how Jesus is binding Satan and his evil spirits, and saving the people whom he had controlled previously. Make sure it is clear to your readers that this is a story. Alternate translate: “Then Jesus told them a story, saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -MAT 12 29 w54c figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 12 29 w54c figs-rquestion πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι, ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν? 1 how is anyone able to enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings unless first he might have tied up the strong man? Jesus uses a question to teach the Pharisees and the crowd that he is more powerful than Satan. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly, no one can enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings without tying up the strong man first” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 12 29 b2et figs-genericnoun τις 1 The word **anyone** is a generic noun, and is not referring to any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) -MAT 12 29 tsrk figs-metaphor πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι 1 To **enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings** is figurative. The **strong man** is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out demons from people who they controlled. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons the belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 12 29 zluo figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν 1 When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means either to defeat him or restrain him. This means that he is no longer able to send his demons out to harm people. If your readers would not understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “no longer belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 12 29 tsrk figs-metaphor πῶς δύναταί τις εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν τοῦ ἰσχυροῦ καὶ τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ ἁρπάσαι 1 To **enter into the house of the strong man and steal his belongings** is figurative. The **strong man** is referring to Satan. So to enter into his house and steal his belongings means to throw out his demons from people who they controlled. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “Someone cannot take from Satan the demons the belong to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 12 29 zluo figs-metaphor ἐὰν μὴ πρῶτον δήσῃ τὸν ἰσχυρόν 1 When someone **ties up** the strong man, who is Satan, it means either to defeat him or restrain him. This means that he is no longer able to rule over his demons. If your readers would not understand what it means to **bind** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “unless he first restrains him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 12 30 ivp9 figs-idiom ὁ μὴ ὢν μετ’ ἐμοῦ 1 The one not being with me The phrase **with me** is an idiom which means to support someone or be on their side. In this instance, the religious leaders were not supporting Jesus' ministry because they thought we was controlled by Satan. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “The one not supporting my work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 12 30 ek1h figs-metaphor1 ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 the one not gathering with me scatters Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 12 30 ek1h figs-metaphor ὁ μὴ συνάγων μετ’ ἐμοῦ σκορπίζει 1 the one not gathering with me scatters Jesus is using a metaphor that refers to a person either **gathering** the flock of sheep to a shepherd or making them scatter away from the shepherd. Jesus means that a person is either helping to make people become disciples of Jesus or he is making people reject Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 12 31 hy38 figs-activepassive πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will commit every sin that a person commits” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 12 31 t280 grammar-connect-exceptions πᾶσα ἁμαρτία καὶ βλασφημία ἀφεθήσεται τοῖς ἀνθρώποις; ἡ δὲ τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 If it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid confusing your reader. Alternate translation: “God will forgive many sins and blasphemies, but he will not forgive the blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) MAT 12 31 ezx8 figs-activepassive ἡ…τοῦ Πνεύματος, βλασφημία οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται 1 the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “But God will not forgive blasphemy of the Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 12 31 kqx0 figs-abstractnouns βλασφημία…ἡ δὲ…βλασφημία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “blasphemous word one speaks…but when one blasphemes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] +MAT 12 31 kqx0 figs-abstractnouns βλασφημία…ἡ δὲ…βλασφημία 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **blasphemy**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “but the blasphemous word one speaks…but when one blasphemes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]] MAT 12 32 gwx2 figs-metonymy ὃς ἐὰν εἴπῃ λόγον κατὰ τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 whoever might speak a word against the Son of Man Here, the word **word** is figurative, referring to what someone says. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “If a person says anything bad about the Son of Man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 12 32 h79z figs-123person τοῦ Υἱοῦ τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Here, Jesus is speaking about himself in the third person. If your readers would misunderstand this, you can use the first person. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man”(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) MAT 12 32 z3ma figs-activepassive ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ…οὐκ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτῷ 1 it will be forgiven him If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will forgive that person…God will not forgive that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 12 32 lw5j figs-metonymy ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 neither in this age, nor in the one coming Here, the phrases **this age** and **the one coming** are idioms referring to the present life and the next life. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the time we now live…in eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 12 33 bi8z writing-proverbs ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν; ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad The proverb **Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad** is making a figurative comparison. It is comparing the actions of a good person to the good fruit of a healthy tree. It is also comparing the bad works of an evil person to the bad fruit of an unhealthy tree. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “People who are well do not need to see a doctor; people who are sick do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) +MAT 12 32 lw5j figs-idiom ἐν τούτῳ τῷ αἰῶνι οὔτε ἐν τῷ μέλλοντι 1 neither in this age, nor in the one coming Here, the phrases **this age** and **the one coming** are idioms referring to the present life and the next life. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “in the time we now live…in eternity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 12 33 bi8z writing-proverbs ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ καλόν, ἢ ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον σαπρὸν καὶ τὸν καρπὸν αὐτοῦ σαπρόν; ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 Either make a tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad The proverb **Either make the tree good and its fruit good, or make the tree bad and its fruit bad** is making a figurative comparison. It is comparing the actions of a good person to the good fruit of a healthy tree. It is also comparing the bad works of an evil person to the bad fruit of an unhealthy tree. Translate this proverb in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “A person is considered to be a good person if they act in a good way. But a person is considered to be a bad person if they act in an evil way. Nevertheless, you can judge whether a person is good or bad by how they act” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) MAT 12 33 kl16 figs-idiom καλὸν…σαπρὸν 1 good … bad The words **good** and **bad** are figurative for healthy and unhealthy. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 12 33 kz12 figs-metaphor ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 for the tree is recognized by its fruit Here, **fruit** is a metaphor for what a person does. Alternate translation: “people know whether a person is good or bad by looking at the results of that person’s activities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 12 33 nx9n figs-activepassive ἐκ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ, τὸ δένδρον γινώσκεται 1 for the tree is recognized by its fruit If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “people know whether a tree is good or bad by looking at its fruit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 12 34 r1uv figs-metaphor γεννήματα ἐχιδνῶν 1 You offspring of vipers Here, **You offspring of vipers** is a metaphor which is describing the behavior of the Pharisees. Vipers are poisonous snakes who can harm and kill people. The Pharisees are compared to vipers because their teaching was harming people spiritually. If your readers would not understand what this means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “You are behaving like dangerous snakes!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 12 34 e7x3 figs-rquestion πῶς δύνασθε ἀγαθὰ λαλεῖν, πονηροὶ ὄντες? 1 being evil, how are you able to say good things? Jesus uses a question to rebuke how evil the Pharisees behave. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you are certainly not able to say good things to people because you are so evil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 9b6d8b4f2039b61f29d2bd2d42f23670bc899d5b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 16:43:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 13/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 9b480d6390..bde348fdca 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ MAT 3 16 jh1v figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρ MAT 3 16 e3na figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν ἐρχόμενον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 coming down like a dove The phrase like a dove could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “he Spirit come down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descend upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile) MAT 3 17 m2wk figs-personification φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα 1 a voice from the heavens saying Mark speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. The voice is God’s voice. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification) MAT 3 17 myz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -MAT 4 intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 4 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in verses 5 and 16, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Devil

The devil, or Satan, is a fallen angel who attacks God's people and tries to get them to turn against God. The devil hates God and all that God created because he wants to take the place of God and be worshiped as God. rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

+MAT 4 intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure \n\nThis chapter comes immediately after the initiation of Jesus into his earthly ministry by being baptized by John the Baptist. The first thing that happens to Jesus during his earthly ministry is that he is tempted by Satan. This proves that Jesus can withstand any of the tests which Satan might test him with. \n\n## Formatting\n\nSome translators set each line of poetry to the right to show that it is poetry. In this chapter, there is poetry in [4:5](../04/05.md) and in [4:16](../04/16.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you can format these verses in this way. \n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Devil\n\nThe devil, or Satan, is a fallen angel who attacks God's people and tries to get them to turn against God. The devil hates God and all that God created because he wants to take the place of God and be worshiped as God. rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan\n \n## Important Figures of Speech\n\n### Satan and Jesus quote six different passages from the Old Testament. Make sure that you introduce these quotations in the same way throughout the chapter, in a way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n### Generic nouns are issue multiple times when Jesus quotes from the Old Testament. Make sure that your audience understands that these are referring to people in general, and not to any specific person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n MAT 4 1 k51m writing-newevent τότε 1 General Information: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MAT 4 1 aq3s figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη…ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Jesus was led up by the Spirit If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 4 1 wy4b figs-activepassive πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 to be tempted by the devil If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 818c78081882593502bd09291b0f4533bbf3301a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 16:49:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 14/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index bde348fdca..6ecf0b11c5 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ MAT 3 16 jh1v figs-activepassive ἀνεῴχθησαν αὐτῷ οἱ οὐρ MAT 3 16 e3na figs-simile τὸ Πνεῦμα τοῦ Θεοῦ καταβαῖνον ὡσεὶ περιστερὰν ἐρχόμενον ἐπ’ αὐτόν 1 coming down like a dove The phrase like a dove could mean: (1) the Spirit looked like a dove as he descended upon Jesus. Alternate translation: “he Spirit come down from heaven, looking like a dove” (2) the Spirit descend upon Jesus as a dove descends from the sky toward the ground. Alternate translation: “The Spirit of God came down from heaven as a dove comes down” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile) MAT 3 17 m2wk figs-personification φωνὴ ἐκ τῶν οὐρανῶν λέγουσα 1 a voice from the heavens saying Mark speaks figuratively of this voice as if it were a living thing that could come from heaven to earth. The voice is God’s voice. Alternate translation: “God spoke from heaven and said” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification) MAT 3 17 myz8 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Υἱός μου 1 my Son This is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -MAT 4 intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure \n\nThis chapter comes immediately after the initiation of Jesus into his earthly ministry by being baptized by John the Baptist. The first thing that happens to Jesus during his earthly ministry is that he is tempted by Satan. This proves that Jesus can withstand any of the tests which Satan might test him with. \n\n## Formatting\n\nSome translators set each line of poetry to the right to show that it is poetry. In this chapter, there is poetry in [4:5](../04/05.md) and in [4:16](../04/16.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you can format these verses in this way. \n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Devil\n\nThe devil, or Satan, is a fallen angel who attacks God's people and tries to get them to turn against God. The devil hates God and all that God created because he wants to take the place of God and be worshiped as God. rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan\n \n## Important Figures of Speech\n\n### Satan and Jesus quote six different passages from the Old Testament. Make sure that you introduce these quotations in the same way throughout the chapter, in a way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n### Generic nouns are issue multiple times when Jesus quotes from the Old Testament. Make sure that your audience understands that these are referring to people in general, and not to any specific person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n +MAT 4 intro hgw2 0 # Matthew 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure \n\nThis chapter comes immediately after the initiation of Jesus into his earthly ministry by being baptized by John the Baptist. The first thing that happens to Jesus during his earthly ministry is that he is tempted by Satan. This proves that Jesus can withstand any of the tests which Satan might test him with. \n\n## Formatting\n\nSome translators set each line of poetry to the right to show that it is poetry. In this chapter, there is poetry in [4:5](../04/05.md) and in [4:16](../04/16.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you can format these verses in this way. \n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The Devil\n\nThe Devil, or Satan, is a fallen angel who attacks God's people and tries to get them to turn against God. The devil hates God and all that God created because he wants to take the place of God and be worshiped as God. rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/satan\n \n## Important Figures of Speech\n\n### Satan and Jesus quote six different passages from the Old Testament. Make sure that you introduce these quotations in the same way throughout the chapter, in a way that is natural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n### Generic nouns are issue multiple times when Jesus quotes from the Old Testament. Make sure that your audience understands that these are referring to people in general, and not to any specific person in the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n MAT 4 1 k51m writing-newevent τότε 1 General Information: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “After this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MAT 4 1 aq3s figs-activepassive ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνήχθη…ὑπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματος 1 Jesus was led up by the Spirit If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the Spirit led Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 4 1 wy4b figs-activepassive πειρασθῆναι ὑπὸ τοῦ διαβόλου 1 to be tempted by the devil If your language does not use the passive form, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so the devil could tempt Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 04f6c7a3c7c916704c869cf92eba340b1b05d1d2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 17:59:52 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 15/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 6ecf0b11c5..83089ee1d1 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ MAT 4 24 unqn figs-hyperbole προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας το MAT 4 24 p3nf translate-unknown σεληνιαζομένους 1 the epileptic This refers to someone who goes unconscious and their body moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this disease, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “those who sometimes become unconscious and move uncontrollably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 4 24 qk4c translate-unknown καὶ παραλυτικούς 1 and the paralytic A person who is a **paralytic** is someone who is not able to use a large portion of their body due to injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is paralyzed” or “someone who is not able to use a large portion of their body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 4 25 i9m7 translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 the Decapolis This name means “the Ten Towns.” This is the name of a region to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MAT 5 intro awz8 0 # Matthew 5 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.

Matthew 5:3-10, known as the Beatitudes or Blessings, has been set apart by being set farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This way of placing the words on the page highlights the poetic form of this teaching.

Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “His disciples”

It is possible to refer to anyone who followed Jesus as a follower or disciple. Jesus selected twelve of his followers to become his closest disciples, “the twelve disciples.” They would later become known as the apostles.

### Generic Noun Phrases

In this chapter, because Jesus is talking to a very large crowd, he often uses words such as “you”, “those”, “a person”, “someone” or other ways of speaking about people in general. He is not speaking about any particular person. This is a common practice when giving important universal teachers as Jesus is doing here. Express these phrases in a way that is natural in your language for speaking about people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])

### The Law

Many times in this chapter, it sounds like Jesus contrasts what the law says with “but I say”. Jesus is not actually contrasting what he says with the law, but is just expanding on the meaning of the law for his listeners, to apply it to their lives. Make sure this is clear to your readers.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### You singular and you plural

In this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+MAT 5 intro awz8 0 # Matthew 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\n### Many people call the words from [5:2](../05/02.md) to [7:28](../07/28.md) the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught to a crowd of his disciples. Be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.\n\n## Formatting\n\n### Verses [5:3-11](../05/03-11.md) is known as the Beatitudes, or Blessings. Many translators set it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This helps the reader to see that the section is poetic.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n## Important Figures of Speech\n\n### Metaphor\n\n### Metaphors are used often in this chapter to describe groups of people or give instructions on how to live. If your readers would not understand metaphors, make sure to translate them in a way that would be understandable to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Generic Noun Phrases\n\nIn this chapter, because Jesus is talking to a very large crowd, he often uses words such as “you”, “those”, “a person”, “someone” or other ways of speaking about people in general. He is not speaking about any particular person about a particular person in the crowd, but is talking about people in general. This is a common practice when giving important universal teachers as Jesus is doing here. Express these phrases in a way that is natural in your language for speaking about people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n### Nominal Adjectives\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus often uses adjectives to talk about specific groups of people. People in the crowd were likely parts of these groups. Some examples are "poor", "pure" and "merciful". Make sure that your readers know how Jesus is using these adjectives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The Law\n\nMany times in this chapter, it sounds like Jesus contrasts what the law says with the phrase “but I say”. Jesus is not actually contrasting what he says with the law, but is just expanding on the meaning of the law for his listeners, to apply it to their lives. Make sure this is clear to your readers.\n\n MAT 5 1 c5rq writing-newevent δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MAT 5 2 q9mm figs-idiom ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 1 having opened his mouth Here, **having opened his mouth** is an idiom meaning to speak. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when Jesus began to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 5 3 jhdg figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 The phrase **Blessed {are}** indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 3a31db8c354d543480417c21dfe32ddf08eb5720 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 31 Aug 2022 18:01:03 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 16/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 83089ee1d1..349a3eab77 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ MAT 4 24 unqn figs-hyperbole προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ πάντας το MAT 4 24 p3nf translate-unknown σεληνιαζομένους 1 the epileptic This refers to someone who goes unconscious and their body moves uncontrollably. If your readers would not be familiar with this disease, you could use the name of something like this from your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “those who sometimes become unconscious and move uncontrollably” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 4 24 qk4c translate-unknown καὶ παραλυτικούς 1 and the paralytic A person who is a **paralytic** is someone who is not able to use a large portion of their body due to injury or sickness. If your readers would not be familiar with this sickness, you could use the name of something like this in your language, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “someone who is paralyzed” or “someone who is not able to use a large portion of their body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 4 25 i9m7 translate-names Δεκαπόλεως 1 the Decapolis This name means “the Ten Towns.” This is the name of a region to the southeast of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MAT 5 intro awz8 0 # Matthew 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\n### Many people call the words from [5:2](../05/02.md) to [7:28](../07/28.md) the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught to a crowd of his disciples. Be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.\n\n## Formatting\n\n### Verses [5:3-11](../05/03-11.md) is known as the Beatitudes, or Blessings. Many translators set it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This helps the reader to see that the section is poetic.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n## Important Figures of Speech\n\n### Metaphor\n\n### Metaphors are used often in this chapter to describe groups of people or give instructions on how to live. If your readers would not understand metaphors, make sure to translate them in a way that would be understandable to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Generic Noun Phrases\n\nIn this chapter, because Jesus is talking to a very large crowd, he often uses words such as “you”, “those”, “a person”, “someone” or other ways of speaking about people in general. He is not speaking about any particular person about a particular person in the crowd, but is talking about people in general. This is a common practice when giving important universal teachers as Jesus is doing here. Express these phrases in a way that is natural in your language for speaking about people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n### Nominal Adjectives\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus often uses adjectives to talk about specific groups of people. People in the crowd were likely parts of these groups. Some examples are "poor", "pure" and "merciful". Make sure that your readers know how Jesus is using these adjectives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The Law\n\nMany times in this chapter, it sounds like Jesus contrasts what the law says with the phrase “but I say”. Jesus is not actually contrasting what he says with the law, but is just expanding on the meaning of the law for his listeners, to apply it to their lives. Make sure this is clear to your readers.\n\n +MAT 5 intro awz8 0 # Matthew 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\n### Many people call the words from [5:2](../05/02.md) to [7:28](../07/28.md) the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught to a crowd of his disciples. Be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.\n\n## Formatting\n\n### Verses [5:3-11](../05/03-11.md) is known as the Beatitudes, or Blessings. Many translators set it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text, with each line beginning with the word “blessed.” This helps the reader to see that the section is poetic.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n\n## Important Figures of Speech\n\n### Metaphor\n\n### Metaphors are used often in this chapter to describe groups of people or give instructions on how to live. If your readers would not understand metaphors, make sure to translate them in a way that would be understandable to them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Generic Noun Phrases\n\nIn this chapter, because Jesus is talking to a very large crowd, he often uses words such as “you”, “those”, “a person”, “someone” or other ways of speaking about people in general. He is not speaking about any particular person about a particular person in the crowd, but is talking about people in general. This is a common practice when giving important universal teachers as Jesus is doing here. Express these phrases in a way that is natural in your language for speaking about people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n### Nominal Adjectives\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus often uses adjectives to talk about specific groups of people. People in the crowd were likely parts of these groups. Some examples are "poor", "pure" and "merciful". Make sure that your readers know how Jesus is using these adjectives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n\n### The Law\n\nMany times in this chapter, it sounds like Jesus contrasts what the law says with the phrase “but I say”. Jesus is not actually contrasting what he says with the law, but is just expanding on the meaning of the law for his listeners, to apply it to their lives. Make sure it is clear to your readers that Jesus is not contradicting the law. \n\n MAT 5 1 c5rq writing-newevent δὲ 1 Connecting Statement: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MAT 5 2 q9mm figs-idiom ἀνοίξας τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ 1 having opened his mouth Here, **having opened his mouth** is an idiom meaning to speak. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when Jesus began to speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 5 3 jhdg figs-idiom μακάριοι 1 The phrase **Blessed {are}** indicates that God is giving favor to people and that their situation is positive or good. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “How good it is for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) From 1000229992ebf70eb703dfcbf7dd1c48f76058a9 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Thu, 1 Sep 2022 12:58:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 17/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 349a3eab77..8b9ef8cd6b 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ MAT 5 46 se4k figs-rquestion τίνα μισθὸν ἔχετε? 1 what reward d MAT 5 46 cb77 figs-rquestion οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ τελῶναι τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν? 1 Do not even the tax collectors do the same thing? Jesus asks this question to show that even people who are considered to be the most evil do this. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Even the tax collectors do the same thing.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 5 47 ba6e figs-rquestion τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε? οὐχὶ καὶ οἱ ἐθνικοὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ποιοῦσιν 1 what do you do more? Jesus asks these questions to teach his followers that they are no better than the Gentiles if they do not welcome people who are not like them. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you do not do anything better than those who do not know God. For the Gentiles do this very thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 5 48 l6pa guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -MAT 6 intro jrj2 0 # Matthew 6 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Matthew 6 continues Jesus’ extended teaching known as “The Sermon on the Mount.”

You may wish to set apart the prayer in 6:9-11 by placing it farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text.

Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### You singular and you plural

In this chapter, as in the last chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+MAT 6 intro jrj2 0 # Matthew 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\n### This chapter continues the section called the Sermon on the Mount. See the previous chapter's introduction for more information about it. \n\n##Formatting\n\n### Many translators set verses [6:9-13](../06/13.md) to the right to show that they are a prayer. Jesus is teaching his disciples how to pray to the Father. If this would be helpful to your readers, you can set these verses to the right. \n\n## Special Concepts\n\n### Fasting\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus talks about fast. Fasting is not eating for an extended period of time. People often do this when they want to focus on praying to God for something that they need. rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/fast\n\n## Important Figures of Speech\n\n### Metaphor\n\nJesus uses metaphors often in this chapter to teach the crowd lessons about how to they should live. Translate these metaphors in a meaningful way in your language, or use plain language to explain what Jesus was teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Metonymy\n\nJesus uses metonymy in this chapter to refer to his Father. He refers to him in this way out of honor. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus uses rhetorical questions in this chapter to ask his listeners questions that will make think deeply about what he is saying. Often when rhetorical questions are used, Jesus is being emphatic. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n## Gender Notations\n\nIn Jesus' teachings, he often uses the word "men" when referring to people in general. This term can be used to refer to both men and women. Make sure this is clear to your audience. \n\n### Generic Noun Phrases\n\nIn this chapter, because Jesus is talking to a very large crowd, he often uses words such as “you”, “those”, “a person”, “someone” or other ways of speaking about people in general. He is not speaking about any particular person about a particular person in the crowd, but is talking about people in general. This is a common practice when giving important universal teachers as Jesus is doing here. Express these phrases in a way that is natural in your language for speaking about people in general. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]])\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, as in the last chapter, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n MAT 6 1 zvn1 figs-you ὑμῶν…μὴ ποιεῖν…οὐκ ἔχετε…ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural in this chapter unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 6 1 bgc7 figs-explicit ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς 1 before men to be seen by them It is implied that those who see this person will honor him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in front of people to be seen by them so they will give you honor for what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 6 1 vvm4 figs-activepassive ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς 1 before men to be seen by them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in front of people just so that they can see you and honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From f5ab5b0bf685a8828e735296181cda447a6eec0c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Thu, 1 Sep 2022 13:44:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 18/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 8b9ef8cd6b..813b803b25 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ MAT 6 32 unz1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** MAT 6 33 ep2c figs-metonymy ζητεῖτε…πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 seek first his kingdom and his righteousness Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Most importantly, be one of God's people, and do what he desires of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 6 33 ak39 figs-activepassive ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 all these things will be added to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 6 34 xdg7 figs-personification ἡ…αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς 1 tomorrow will be anxious for itself Jesus speaks of **tomorrow** as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -MAT 7 intro bz7e 0 # Matthew 7 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Jesus spoke about many different subjects in this sermon, so you may wish to help the reader by putting an empty line into the text whenever Jesus changed the subject.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Matthew 5-7

Many people call the words in Matthew 5-7 the Sermon on the Mount. This is one long lesson that Jesus taught. Bibles divide this lesson into three chapters, but this can sometimes confuse the reader. If your translation divides the text into sections, be sure that the reader understands that the whole sermon is one large section.

### “By their fruits you will know them”

Fruit is a common image in the scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### You singular and you plural

In this chapter, as in the past two chapters, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])
+MAT 7 intro bz7e 0 # Matthew 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure \n\nThis is the final chapter in the section called the Sermon on the Mount. See chapter five introduction for more information about the Sermon on the Mount. \n\n## Formatting\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “By their fruits you will know them”\n\nFruit is a common image in the scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])\n\n## Figures of Speech\n\n### Metaphor\n\nJesus uses metaphors often in this chapter to teach the crowd lessons about how to they should live. Translate these metaphors in a meaningful way in your language, or use plain language to explain what Jesus was teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus uses rhetorical questions in this chapter to ask his listeners questions that will make think deeply about what he is saying. Often when rhetorical questions are used, Jesus is being emphatic. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, as in the past two chapters, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n MAT 7 1 xk6w figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε 1 Do not judge It is implied here that **judge** has a strong negative meaning. Jesus is not saying that judgment is always bad, but that in this case it is negative. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 7 1 bk8y figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you may not be judged If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 7 2 kj24 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ…κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε 1 with the judgment you judge, you will be judged If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will condemn you in the same way you condemn others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 89e7e4f32e5da6c260aa9427cbb6bc1417c7caf1 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Thu, 1 Sep 2022 13:59:04 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 19/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 10 +++++----- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 813b803b25..77bb69d1ca 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -271,11 +271,11 @@ MAT 6 intro jrj2 0 # Matthew 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\n### This chap MAT 6 1 zvn1 figs-you ὑμῶν…μὴ ποιεῖν…οὐκ ἔχετε…ὑμῶν 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are plural in this chapter unless otherwise noted. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 6 1 bgc7 figs-explicit ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς 1 before men to be seen by them It is implied that those who see this person will honor him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in front of people to be seen by them so they will give you honor for what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 6 1 vvm4 figs-activepassive ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων, πρὸς τὸ θεαθῆναι αὐτοῖς 1 before men to be seen by them If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in front of people just so that they can see you and honor you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 6 1 p335 figs-gendernotations ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +MAT 6 1 p335 figs-gendernotations ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MAT 6 1 juj5 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρὶ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 6 1 x9wq figs-metonymy ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated this in [5:16](../05/16.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 6 2 d8kw figs-metaphor μὴ σαλπίσῃς ἔμπροσθέν σου 1 do not sound a trumpet before yourself Here, **do not sound a trumpet** could mean (1) that they should not blow an actual trumpet when they go to give, or (2) **do not blow your trumpet** is figurative for bringing attention to yourself. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “do not bring much attention to yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 6 2 bc9b figs-genericnoun οἱ ὑποκριταὶ 1 **hypocrites** is a generic noun phrase. This is not referring to a specific person, but to people who behave this way in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people who act in a hypocritical way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +MAT 6 2 bc9b figs-genericnoun οἱ ὑποκριταὶ 1 **hypocrites** is not referring to a specific person, but to people who behave this way in general. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people who act in a hypocritical way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MAT 6 2 dk6u figs-activepassive ὅπως δοξασθῶσιν ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων 1 Truly I say to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “in order that people might honor them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 6 2 q6dq figs-irony ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν 1 Often times, to **have** a **reward** is a positive thing. Here, Jesus means it in a negative way that their reward is not with God. If this would be misunderstood in your language, consider expressing the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “their reward is not with God in the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) MAT 6 3 z4c1 figs-yousingular σοῦ…σου…σου 1 All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular in this verse. You might need to translate these as plural in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ MAT 6 3 vca2 figs-metaphor μὴ γνώτω ἡ ἀριστερά σου τί π MAT 6 5 m54u figs-you προσεύχῃ…ὑμῖν 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should and should not do. The first occurrence of **you** is singular and second is plural. In some languages they both may need to be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 6 5 d6t7 figs-genericnoun οἱ ὑποκριταί 1 See the note in [5:2](../05/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MAT 6 5 rzpj figs-activepassive ὅπως φανῶσιν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 so that they may be seen by men If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “so that people will see them and give them honor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 6 5 ub7u figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +MAT 6 5 ub7u figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “by people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MAT 6 6 dqv4 translate-unknown εἴσελθε εἰς τὸ ταμεῖόν σου 1 enter into your inner chamber, and having shut your door The **inner chamber** was a small, private room where people stored belongings, as well as food for their animals. If your readers would not understand this, you can state it plainly. Alternate translation: “go into your private storage room” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 6 6 kkn7 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τῷ Πατρί σου 1 to your Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 6 7 z0v4 figs-genericnoun οἱ ἐθνικοί 1 If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Consider fig trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) Jesus is speaking of **Gentiles** in general, and not to any specific gentiles. If this would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “Gentile people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) @@ -302,11 +302,11 @@ MAT 6 12 yi9s figs-metaphor τὰ ὀφειλήματα…τοῖς ὀφειλ MAT 6 13 l8u6 figs-abstractnouns μὴ εἰσενέγκῃς ἡμᾶς εἰς πειρασμόν 1 do not bring us into temptation If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **temptation**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “do not let anything tempt us” or “do not let anything cause us to desire to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAT 6 13 r6v6 figs-abstractnouns ἀλλὰ ῥῦσαι ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 Here, **evil one** could also mean evil. If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of evil, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “protect us from doing evil things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAT 6 13 zfsy translate-textvariants 1 Most important manuscripts do not include "For yours is the kingdom and the power and the glory forever. Amen." See the discussion of textual issues in the chapter introduction to decide whether to include this sentence in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -MAT 6 14 xvfv figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +MAT 6 14 xvfv figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **brother** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “someone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) See the note in the introduction. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MAT 6 14 z79a figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα αὐτῶν 1 their trespasses If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **trespasses**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “when they trespass against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAT 6 14 v7ne guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 6 15 pi3z figs-abstractnouns τὰ παραπτώματα ὑμῶν 1 those of men … your trespasses See how you translated trespasses in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAT 6 15 lk8a figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 Although the term **men** is masculine, Jesus is using the word here in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “those people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +MAT 6 15 lk8a figs-gendernotations τοῖς ἀνθρώποις 1 See the note in the introduction Alternate translation: “those people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MAT 6 16 xv6b figs-explicit ἀφανίζουσιν…τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν 1 they disfigure their faces The hypocrites would not wash **their faces**. They did this purposely to draw attention to themselves so that people would see them and give them honor for fasting. If someone was fasting, it would be obvious from their appearance. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they…make it obvious to others that they are fasting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 6 16 ix6h figs-irony ἀπέχουσιν τὸν μισθὸν αὐτῶν 1 Truly I say to you See how you translated **they have their reward in full** in [6:2](../06/02.md) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) MAT 6 17 c20j figs-yousingular σὺ…σου…σου 1 Jesus is talking to a group of people about what they as individuals should or should not do. All occurrences of **you** and **your** are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]]) From c3ba3b9f9bc540ef732dad75498ca4ee1123ef28 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Thu, 1 Sep 2022 14:37:42 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 20/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 77bb69d1ca..33ccb389d0 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ MAT 6 32 unz1 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 Father **Father** MAT 6 33 ep2c figs-metonymy ζητεῖτε…πρῶτον τὴν βασιλείαν καὶ τὴν δικαιοσύνην αὐτοῦ 1 seek first his kingdom and his righteousness Here, **kingdom** refers to God’s rule as king. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “Most importantly, be one of God's people, and do what he desires of you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 6 33 ak39 figs-activepassive ταῦτα πάντα προστεθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 all these things will be added to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will provide all these things for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 6 34 xdg7 figs-personification ἡ…αὔριον μεριμνήσει ἑαυτῆς 1 tomorrow will be anxious for itself Jesus speaks of **tomorrow** as if it were a person who could worry. Jesus means that a person will have enough to worry about when the next day comes. If this might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -MAT 7 intro bz7e 0 # Matthew 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure \n\nThis is the final chapter in the section called the Sermon on the Mount. See chapter five introduction for more information about the Sermon on the Mount. \n\n## Formatting\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “By their fruits you will know them”\n\nFruit is a common image in the scriptures. It is used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])\n\n## Figures of Speech\n\n### Metaphor\n\nJesus uses metaphors often in this chapter to teach the crowd lessons about how to they should live. Translate these metaphors in a meaningful way in your language, or use plain language to explain what Jesus was teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus uses rhetorical questions in this chapter to ask his listeners questions that will make think deeply about what he is saying. Often when rhetorical questions are used, Jesus is being emphatic. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, as in the past two chapters, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n +MAT 7 intro bz7e 0 # Matthew 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure \n\nThis is the final chapter in the section called the Sermon on the Mount. See chapter five introduction for more information about the Sermon on the Mount. \n\n### “By their fruits you will know them”\n\nFruit is a common image in the scriptures used to describe the results of either good or bad actions. In this chapter, good fruit is the result of living as God commands. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/fruit]])\n\n## Figures of Speech\n\n### Metaphor\n\nJesus uses metaphors often in this chapter to teach the crowd lessons about how to they should live. Translate these metaphors in a meaningful way in your language, or use plain language to explain what Jesus was teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus uses rhetorical questions in this chapter to ask his listeners questions that will make think deeply about what he is saying. Often when rhetorical questions are used, Jesus is being emphatic. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### You singular and you plural\n\nIn this chapter, as in the past two chapters, Jesus is talking to a large crowd of his followers. Throughout the chapter, Jesus switches between using you in the singular and you in the plural. In both instances he is talking to the same people. When he is using the singular, he is referring to all of the individuals in the crowd, but is still referring to the crowd as a whole. Your language may require you to use a plural here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-yousingular]])\n MAT 7 1 xk6w figs-explicit μὴ κρίνετε 1 Do not judge It is implied here that **judge** has a strong negative meaning. Jesus is not saying that judgment is always bad, but that in this case it is negative. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Do not condemn people harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 7 1 bk8y figs-activepassive μὴ κριθῆτε 1 you may not be judged If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will not condemn you harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 7 2 kj24 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ…κρίματι κρίνετε, κριθήσεσθε 1 with the judgment you judge, you will be judged If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will condemn you in the same way you condemn others” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 26de5dc01e875ebac8db65b64f3520e7bc1c84fd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Fri, 2 Sep 2022 14:05:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 21/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 33ccb389d0..fb2ba7f64f 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ MAT 7 26 o85y figs-activepassive ὁμοιωθήσεται ἀνδρὶ μωρ MAT 7 27 k4hi figs-abstractnouns ἦν ἡ πτῶσις αὐτῆς μεγάλη 1 its destruction was great If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **destruction**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “the waters and the wind greatly destroyed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAT 7 28 jrh7 writing-endofstory 0 General Information: This verse describe how the people in the crowds reacted to Jesus’ teaching. This marks the end of the Sermon on the Mount. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) MAT 7 28 fo8g figs-abstractnouns ἐπὶ τῇ διδαχῇ αὐτοῦ 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of boldness, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “we may be bold” or “we may act boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **teaching**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “by the way that he taught them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAT 8 intro f33a 0 # Matthew 8 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

This chapter begins a new section.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Miracles

Jesus performed miracles to show that he could control things that no other people could control. He also showed that it is proper to worship him because he performed miracles. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]]) +MAT 8 intro f33a 0 # Matthew 8 General Notes\n\n## Figures of Speech\n\n### Metonymy\n\nMetonymy is used often in this chapter to refer to people. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Rhetorical Questions\n\nJesus uses rhetorical questions in this chapter to ask his listeners questions that will make think deeply about what he is saying. Often when rhetorical questions are used, Jesus is being emphatic. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])\n\n### Idiom\n\nIdioms are often used in this chapter. These may not be understood by your audience, as they were sayings that only people in that culture would have understood. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n MAT 8 1 qb1d writing-newevent δὲ 1 General Information: This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MAT 8 2 vas8 writing-participants ἰδοὺ, λεπρὸς προσελθὼν 1 behold This introduces the **leper** as a new character in the story. A leper is a person with a skin disease. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new character. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a common way in your language for introducing a new person to a story. Alternate translation: “There was a man who was a leper approaching him" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) MAT 8 2 yc3f grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical ἐὰν θέλῃς δύνασαί με καθαρίσαι 1 if you would be willing The leper is using a hypothetical situation to show that he believes Jesus will heal him. Use the natural form in your language for expressing a hypothetical situation. Alternate translation: “If you would desire to heal me, you are able to do it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-condition-hypothetical]]) @@ -466,7 +466,7 @@ MAT 8 31 cgf7 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us Here, **us** is exclusive, referrin MAT 8 33 ev2w figs-activepassive τὰ τῶν δαιμονιζομένων 1 the things concerning the men who were possessed by demons If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what Jesus did to help the men whom demons were controlling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 8 34 j6sp figs-metonymy πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 the whole city The word **city** is a metonym for the people of the city. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “all the people who lived in the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 8 34 xb5x figs-hyperbole πᾶσα ἡ πόλις 1 the whole city The word **whole** is an exaggeration to emphasize how very many people came out to see Jesus. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this. Alternate translation: “many of the people in the city (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -MAT 9 intro tg41 0 # Matthew 9 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Sinners”

When the people of Jesus’ time spoke of “sinners,” they were talking about people who did not obey the law of Moses and instead committed sins like stealing or sexual sins. When Jesus said that he came to call “sinners,” he meant that only people who believe that they are sinners can be his followers. This is true even if they are not what most people think of as “sinners.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Passive voice

Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

### Rhetorical questions

Speakers in this chapter asked questions to which they already knew the answer. They asked the questions to show that they were not happy with the hearers or to teach them or to get them to think. Your language may have another way of doing this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])

### Proverbs

Proverbs are very short sentences that use words that are easy to remember to tell about something that is generally true. People who understand proverbs usually have to know much about the language and culture of the speaker. When you translate the proverbs in this chapter, you may have to use many more words than the speakers used so that you can add information that the hearers knew but your reader do not know. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) +MAT 9 intro tg41 0 # Matthew 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure\n\n## Formatting\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n## Figures of Speech\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n MAT 9 1 lje9 figs-explicit διεπέρασεν 1 into his own city Here, Matthew does not specify that Jesus **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “he crossed over the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 9 2 i6xp writing-newevent ἰδοὺ 1 behold Here, **behold** introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “When they arrived in Jesus' town” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MAT 9 2 szd4 translate-unknown παραλυτικὸν 1 they were bringing See how you translated **paralytic** in [4:24](../04/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) From 89efa20cdeefb14b568ae7c17f0e7a4b8906c7f5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Fri, 2 Sep 2022 20:26:44 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 22/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 22 +++++++--------------- 1 file changed, 7 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index fb2ba7f64f..74b342867c 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -851,21 +851,13 @@ MAT 12 50 mq9r guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρός μου 1 of my MAT 12 50 s0yb figs-metonymy ἐν οὐρανοῖς 1 See how you translated the phrase **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) See how you translated the phrase **in the heavens** in [5:16](../05/16.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 12 50 gn31 figs-metaphor αὐτός μου ἀδελφὸς, καὶ ἀδελφὴ, καὶ μήτηρ ἐστίν 1 he is my brother, and sister, and mother This is a metaphor meaning that those who obey God belong to Jesus’ spiritual family. This is more important than belonging to his physical family. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 13 intro s3lu 0 # Matthew 13 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 13:14-15, which are words from the Old Testament.

This chapter begins a new section. It contains some of Jesus’ parables about the kingdom of heaven.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metonymy

Jesus often says The word **heaven** when he wants his hearers to think of God, who lives in heaven ([13:11](../mat/13/11.md)).

### Implicit information

Speakers usually do not say things that they think their hearers already understand. When Matthew wrote that Jesus “sat beside the sea” ([Matthew 13:1](../mat/13/01.md)), he probably expected his hearers to know that Jesus was about to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])

### Metaphor

Speakers often use words for things that can be touched to speak of things that cannot be touched. Jesus spoke of a bird eating a seed to describe how Satan kept people from understanding Jesus’ message ([13:19](../mat/13/19.md)).

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Passive voice

Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, “they were scorched” ([13:6](../mat/13/06.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])

### Parables

The parables were short stories that Jesus told so that people would easily understand the lesson he was trying to teach them. He also told the stories so that those who did not want to believe in him would not understand the truth ([13:11-13](./11.md)). -MAT 13 1 r4xv 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story where Jesus begins to teach the crowds, using parables, about the kingdom of heaven. -MAT 13 1 vx5y ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 On that day These events happened on the same **day** as those in the previous chapter. -MAT 13 1 cy1t ἐξελθὼν…τῆς οἰκίας 1 having gone out of the house It is not mentioned at whose **house** Jesus was staying. -MAT 13 1 zjb3 figs-explicit ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 was sitting beside the sea It is implied that the reason he sat down was to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 2 d16z figs-explicit ὥστε αὐτὸν εἰς πλοῖον ἐμβάντα καθῆσθαι 1 so that, having stepped into a boat, he sat down It is implied that Jesus got into a boat because it would make it easier to teach the people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 2 jge7 translate-unknown πλοῖον 1 a boat This **boat** was probably an open, wooden fishing boat with a sail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MAT 13 3 e99p 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who sows seeds. -MAT 13 3 f5mv καὶ ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς 1 And he spoke many things to them in parables Alternate translation: “And Jesus told them many things in parables” -MAT 13 3 w5p3 αὐτοῖς 1 to them Alternate translation: “to the people in the crowd” -MAT 13 3 m97r ἰδοὺ 1 Behold The word **Behold** calls attention to what is to be said next. Alternate translation: “Pay attention to what I am about to tell you” or “Look” or “Listen” -MAT 13 3 ur64 ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν 1 a sower went out to sow Alternate translation: “a farmer went out to scatter seeds in a field” -MAT 13 4 c6g6 καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν 1 And as he sowed Alternate translation: “And as the farmer scattered the seed” -MAT 13 4 v7r8 παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 beside the road Here, **road** may refer to a path next to the field. The ground there would have been hard from people walking on it. -MAT 13 4 qr2d κατέφαγεν αὐτά 1 devoured them Alternate translation: “ate all the seeds” -MAT 13 5 l2g6 τὰ πετρώδη 1 the rocky ground This is ground full of rocks with just a thin layer of soil on top of the rocks. +MAT 13 1 vx5y writing-newevent ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 On that day This introduces a new event that happened some time after the events the story has just related. The story does not say how long after those events this new event happened. Use the natural form in your language for introducing a new event. Alternate translation: “Some time later that same day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]] +MAT 13 1 cy1t writing-background ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῆς οἰκίας, ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 having gone out of the house Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus went out of the house and was sitting by the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MAT 13 2 d16z figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλοι πολλοί 1 so that, having stepped into a boat, he sat down If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Many crowds gathered around him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 13 2 d0v5 grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 The word crowd is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) +MAT 13 3 f5mv writing-quotations ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγων 1 And he spoke many things to them in parables Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he said many things to them in parables, and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +MAT 13 4 v7r8 figs-ellipsis ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν 1 beside the road Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “some seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 13 4 qr2d writing-pronouns αὐτά 1 devoured them The pronoun **them** refers to the seeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MAT 13 5 ql87 καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν 1 And immediately they sprang up Alternate translation: “And the seeds quickly sprouted and grew” MAT 13 6 qq5x figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 they were scorched If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plants, and they became too hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 13 6 az8l ἐξηράνθη 1 they were dried up Alternate translation: “the plants became dry and died” From 5618107c64a66b701d96d3c06a6bf9230a888037 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Mon, 5 Sep 2022 20:41:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 23/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 23 ++++++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 74b342867c..b034e17cf7 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -855,19 +855,20 @@ MAT 13 1 vx5y writing-newevent ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 On that MAT 13 1 cy1t writing-background ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῆς οἰκίας, ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 having gone out of the house Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus went out of the house and was sitting by the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MAT 13 2 d16z figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλοι πολλοί 1 so that, having stepped into a boat, he sat down If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Many crowds gathered around him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 13 2 d0v5 grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 The word crowd is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -MAT 13 3 f5mv writing-quotations ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγων 1 And he spoke many things to them in parables Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he said many things to them in parables, and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +MAT 13 3 o5f9 figs-parables ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς 1 Jesus teaches the crowd about what happens when different people hear his teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) +MAT 13 3 f5mv writing-quotations ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγων 1 And he spoke many things to them in parables Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he said many things to them in parables, and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +MAT 13 4 qr2d figs-explicit καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν, ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 devoured them Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from animals that eat seeds. The seeds on path did not have a chance to be hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As he was scattering the seeds, some of them fell unprotected from animals onto the path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 13 4 v7r8 figs-ellipsis ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν 1 beside the road Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “some seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MAT 13 4 qr2d writing-pronouns αὐτά 1 devoured them The pronoun **them** refers to the seeds. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -MAT 13 5 ql87 καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν 1 And immediately they sprang up Alternate translation: “And the seeds quickly sprouted and grew” -MAT 13 6 qq5x figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 they were scorched If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the sun scorched the plants, and they became too hot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 13 6 az8l ἐξηράνθη 1 they were dried up Alternate translation: “the plants became dry and died” +MAT 13 5 ql87 figs-ellipsis καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν 1 And immediately they sprang up In this verse and in the verses following, the word **others** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 13 6 qq5x figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 they were scorched If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “it scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 13 6 pz44 figs-idiom ἡλίου δὲ ἀνατείλαντος 1 the sun rose is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) The phrase **the sun had risen** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 13 7 ugc9 ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας 1 fell among the thorn plants Alternate translation: “fell where plants with thorns grew” -MAT 13 7 vt8z ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά 1 choked them Translate **choked** with a word your language uses for the way weeds prevent other plants from growing well. Alternate translation: “choked the new sprouts” or “crowded around the new plants and prevented them from growing” -MAT 13 8 iwv2 ἐδίδου καρπόν 1 produced fruit Alternate translation: “grew more seeds” or “gave more grain” -MAT 13 8 e91e figs-ellipsis ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some one 100 times as much, and some 60, and some 30 The words “seeds,” “produced,” and “crop” are understood from the previous phrase. These can be expressed clearly. Alternate translation: “some seeds produced 100 times as much crop, some seeds produced 60 times as much crop, and some seeds produced 30 times as much crop” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MAT 13 9 q2e2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **having ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 13 9 gkv1 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -MAT 13 10 p8yc 0 General Information: Jesus explains to his disciples why he teaches with parables. +MAT 13 7 k69q figs-ellipsis ἄλλα 1 See the note on [13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 13 7 vt8z figs-explicit ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά 1 choked them The phrase **the thorns grew up and choked them** might be confusing to come readers. What this means is that the weeds grew much faster than the crops which the sower planted, and so they did not allow the crops to grow. If this would be confusing to your readers, you can state this explicitly with an example from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 8 iwv2 figs-ellipsis ἄλλα 1 produced fruit See the note in [13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 13 8 e91e figs-ellipsis ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some one 100 times as much, and some 60, and some 30 The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 100 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 30 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 13 9 q2e2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear See the note in [4:2](../04/02.md)\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +MAT 13 9 gkv1 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n MAT 13 11 fc5n figs-activepassive ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” or “God has made you able to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but he has not enabled these people to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 13 11 xq2v figs-explicit ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given You can state the implied information clearly. Alternate translation: “God has given you the privilege of understanding mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 13 11 rcd3 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 To you has been given to understand The word **you** is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) From a17313d24d6017dc99ce402b4aa6e9041bcb7d38 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Tue, 6 Sep 2022 14:59:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 24/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 29 +++++++++++------------------ 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 18 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index b034e17cf7..5b9b705237 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -869,27 +869,20 @@ MAT 13 8 iwv2 figs-ellipsis ἄλλα 1 produced fruit See the note in [13:5](. MAT 13 8 e91e figs-ellipsis ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some one 100 times as much, and some 60, and some 30 The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 100 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 30 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 13 9 q2e2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear See the note in [4:2](../04/02.md)\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n MAT 13 9 gkv1 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n -MAT 13 11 fc5n figs-activepassive ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” or “God has made you able to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but he has not enabled these people to understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 13 11 xq2v figs-explicit ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given You can state the implied information clearly. Alternate translation: “God has given you the privilege of understanding mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 11 fc5n figs-activepassive ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 13 11 xq2v figs-explicit ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but to those it has not been given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 13 11 rcd3 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 To you has been given to understand The word **you** is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -MAT 13 11 ah6u figs-metonymy τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** occurs only in the book of Matthew. If possible, try to keep it in your translation. Alternate translation: “the secrets about our God in heaven and his rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 13 12 j3rl ὅστις…ἔχει 1 whoever has Alternate translation: “whoever has understanding” or “whoever receives what I teach” -MAT 13 12 v61y figs-activepassive δοθήσεται 1 it will be given If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will give him more understanding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 13 11 ah6u figs-metonymy τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated this in [4:2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +MAT 13 12 x34s writing-proverbs ὅστις γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται; ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 This proverb draws a figurative comparison: Jesus talks about understanding as if it were a physical item which could either be given or taken away. He is saying that whoever is able to understand, God will allow them to understand even more. But whoever does not understand, he will take away even whatever little understanding they have. Alternate translation: “For whoever has understanding, God will give to that person even more understanding, and it will be plenty. But whoever does not have understanding, God will take away what understanding they do have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] +MAT 13 12 j3rl ὅστις…ὅστις 1 whoever has The word **whoever** is referring to people in general, and not to any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person … if a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) +MAT 13 12 v61y figs-activepassive δοθήσεται…ἀρθήσεται 1 it will be given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will give … God will take it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 13 12 xsr5 ὅστις…οὐκ ἔχει 2 whoever does not have Alternate translation: “whoever does not have understanding” or “whoever does not receive what I teach” MAT 13 12 bl5s figs-activepassive καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 even what he has will be taken away from him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away even what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 13 13 v6pb αὐτοῖς…οὐ βλέπουσιν…οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 to them … they do not see … they do not hear All occurrences of **them** and **they** refer to the people in the crowd. -MAT 13 13 uk7j figs-parallelism ὅτι βλέποντες οὐ βλέπουσιν, καὶ ἀκούοντες οὐκ ἀκούουσιν, οὐδὲ συνίουσιν 1 because seeing, they do not see; and hearing, they do not hear nor understand Jesus uses this parallelism to tell and emphasize to the disciples that the crowd refuses to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -MAT 13 13 ae8k βλέποντες 1 seeing This could refer to: (1) them **seeing** what Jesus does. Alternate translation: “though they see what I do” (2) their ability to see. Alternate translation: “though they are able to see” -MAT 13 13 nbi3 figs-metaphor οὐ βλέπουσιν 1 they do not see Here, **see** represents understanding. Alternate translation: “they do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 13 13 j4bg ἀκούοντες 1 hearing This could refer to: (1) them **hearing** what Jesus teaches. Alternate translation: “though they hear what I say” (2) their ability to hear. Alternate translation: “though they are able to hear” -MAT 13 13 gq65 figs-metaphor οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 they do not hear Here, **hear** represents listening well. Alternate translation: “they do not listen well” or “they do not pay attention” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 13 14 jz9n καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα 1 And to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled, which says If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And they are fulfilling what God said long ago through the prophet Isaiah” -MAT 13 14 z2es figs-parallelism ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand; and seeing, you will see, but you may certainly not perceive This begins a quote from the prophet Isaiah about the unbelieving people of Isaiah’s day. Jesus uses this quote to describe the very crowd that was listening to him. These statements are again parallel and emphasize that the people refused to understand God’s truth. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -MAT 13 14 a1im figs-explicit ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε 1 In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand You can make explicit what the people **will hear**. Alternate translation: “You will hear what God says through the prophets, but you will not understand its true meaning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 14 emu1 figs-explicit βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 seeing, you will see, but you may certainly not perceive You can make explicit what the people **will see**. Alternate translation: “you will see what God does through the prophets, but you will not understand it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 15 lu8u figs-metaphor ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν; μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν καὶ ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 For the heart of this people has become dull, and their ears heard with difficulty, and they closed their eyes, lest they might see with their eyes, and might hear with their ears, and might understand with their hearts, and they might turn back, and I will heal them In 13:15 God describes the people of Israel as if they have physical diseases that cause them to be unable to learn, to **see**, and to **hear**. God wants them to come to him so he will **heal** them. This is all a metaphor describing the people’s spiritual condition. It means the people are stubborn and refuse to receive and understand God’s truth. If they would, then they would repent and God would forgive them and welcome them back as his people. If the meaning is clear, keep the metaphor in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 13 15 fy7m figs-metonymy ἐπαχύνθη γὰρ ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου 1 For the heart of this people has become dull Here, **heart** refers to the mind. Alternate translation: “For these people’s minds are slow to learn” or “For these people can no longer learn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 13 15 q87m figs-metonymy τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν 1 their ears heard with difficulty They are not physically deaf. Here, **heard with difficulty** means they refuse to listen and learn God’s truth. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their ears to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 13 13 v6pb figs-metaphor αὐτοῖς…οὐ βλέπουσιν…οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 to them … they do not see … they do not hear The words **see** and **hear** are metaphors for being spiritually blind and deaf. This means that these people did not understand. If your readers would not understand what they mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “When they see my works, they will not know why I am doing them, and when they hear my message, they will not know what it means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +MAT 13 14 jz9n figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 And to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled, which says Matthew is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled which says that though they hear, they will not understand, and though they see, they will not perceive” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes) +MAT 13 14 a1im figs-metaphor ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand See how you translated the words **see** and **hear** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 13 15 tfl1 figs-metonymy ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου…καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 Here, the word **heart** is used figuratively to refer to a persons mind or inner intentions. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 13 15 lu8u figs-metaphor καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν; μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν 1 For the heart of this people has become dull, and their ears heard with difficulty, and they closed their eyes, lest they might see with their eyes, and might hear with their ears, and might understand with their hearts, and they might turn back, and I will heal them See how you translated the words **see** and **hear** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and they were like those who have difficulty hearing because they did not understand what was said, and it was as if they closed their eyes because they did not understand what they saw. Lest they might understand what they see with their eyes or what they hear with their ears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 13 15 y7t7 figs-metonymy τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν 1 they closed their eyes They have not literally **closed their eyes**. This means they refuse to understand. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their eyes to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 13 15 fl93 μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 lest they might see with their eyes, and might hear with their ears, and might understand with their hearts, and they might turn back Alternate translation: “so that they are not able to see with their eyes, hear with their ears, or understand with their heart, and as a result turn again” MAT 13 15 sr25 figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 might understand with their hearts The word **hearts** here is a metonym for people’s innermost being. You may need to use the word in your language for the source of people’s thinking and feelings. Alternate translation: “understand with their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From e9b111d35d2a84d7a1db8498b30edf6ebc80cb46 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Tue, 6 Sep 2022 17:57:06 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 25/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 20 ++++++++------------ 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 5b9b705237..483f981c00 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -883,20 +883,16 @@ MAT 13 14 jz9n figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτο MAT 13 14 a1im figs-metaphor ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand See how you translated the words **see** and **hear** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 13 15 tfl1 figs-metonymy ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου…καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 Here, the word **heart** is used figuratively to refer to a persons mind or inner intentions. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 13 15 lu8u figs-metaphor καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν; μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν 1 For the heart of this people has become dull, and their ears heard with difficulty, and they closed their eyes, lest they might see with their eyes, and might hear with their ears, and might understand with their hearts, and they might turn back, and I will heal them See how you translated the words **see** and **hear** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and they were like those who have difficulty hearing because they did not understand what was said, and it was as if they closed their eyes because they did not understand what they saw. Lest they might understand what they see with their eyes or what they hear with their ears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 13 15 y7t7 figs-metonymy τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν 1 they closed their eyes They have not literally **closed their eyes**. This means they refuse to understand. Alternate translation: “they refuse to use their eyes to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 13 15 fl93 μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν, καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν, καὶ ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 lest they might see with their eyes, and might hear with their ears, and might understand with their hearts, and they might turn back Alternate translation: “so that they are not able to see with their eyes, hear with their ears, or understand with their heart, and as a result turn again” -MAT 13 15 sr25 figs-metonymy τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 might understand with their hearts The word **hearts** here is a metonym for people’s innermost being. You may need to use the word in your language for the source of people’s thinking and feelings. Alternate translation: “understand with their minds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 13 15 ps56 ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 they might turn back Alternate translation: “they might turn back to me” or “they might repent” -MAT 13 15 q1h9 figs-metaphor ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 I will heal them Here, to **heal them** means God would restore them spiritually by forgiving their sins and receiving them again as his people. Alternate translation: “have me receive them again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 13 16 yhe4 figs-parallelism ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν, καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 But blessed are your eyes, for they see; and your ears, for they hear Both of these statements mean the same thing. Jesus is emphasizing that they have pleased God because they have believed what Jesus has said and done. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -MAT 13 16 glp8 figs-synecdoche ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν 1 But blessed are your eyes, for they see Here, **eyes** refers to the whole person. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because your eyes are able to see” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAT 13 15 ps56 ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 they might turn back The phrase **they might turn back** is figurative, referring to someone who repents of their sins and asks God for forgiveness. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they might repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 13 15 q1h9 figs-metaphor ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 I will heal them The phrase **I will heal them** is figurative, meaning that he will forgive them for the sins that they have confessed. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “I will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 13 16 glp8 figs-synecdoche ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν 1 But blessed are your eyes, for they see Here, **eyes** and **ears** are referring to the disciples ability to understand what Jesus is saying and doing. These words refer to the ability to understand what a person sees and hears. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because you understand what you see with your eyes and what you hear with your ears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAT 13 16 rlt3 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 your … your Both occurrences of **your** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -MAT 13 16 jp32 figs-synecdoche τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 your ears, for they hear Here, **ears** refer to the whole person. Alternate translation: “you, for you hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MAT 13 16 xczh figs-ellipsis τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 your ears, for they hear You can clearly explicitly the implied information. Alternate translation: “you are blessed because your ears are able to hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MAT 13 17 mg58 ἀμὴν, γὰρ λέγω ὑμῖν 1 For truly I say to you This phrase adds emphasis to what Jesus says next. Alternate translation: “For I tell you the truth” +MAT 13 16 xczh figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 your ears, for they hear Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and blessed are your ears, for they hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 13 17 bsj7 figs-you ὑμῖν…βλέπετε…ἀκούετε 1 to you … you see … you hear All occurrences of **you** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -MAT 13 17 e6ci figs-explicit ἃ βλέπετε 1 the things you see You can state explicitly what they have seen. Alternate translation: “the things you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 17 q14w figs-explicit ἃ ἀκούετε 1 the things you hear You can state explicitly what they have heard. Alternate translation: “the things you have heard me say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 17 e6ci figs-explicit ἃ βλέπετε 1 the things you see The phrase **the things you see** is referring to the healings and miracles which Jesus did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the miracles you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 17 lslf figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings **did not see** these things. Alternate translation: “but could not see them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 17 q14w figs-explicit ἃ ἀκούετε 1 the things you hear The phrase what you hear probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 17 alkk figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not hear these things. Alternate translation: “but could not hear them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 13 18 w35t 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus begins to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds, which he began in [13:3](../13/03.md). MAT 13 19 v2d7 τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας 1 the word of the kingdom Alternate translation: “the message about God’s rule as king” MAT 13 19 a8nu figs-metaphor ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 the evil one comes and snatches away what has been sown in his heart Jesus speaks of Satan causing the person to forget what he has heard as if Satan were a bird snatching the seed from the ground. Alternate translation: “The evil one causes him to forget the message that he has heard just as a bird snatches away seed from the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 022c0a28e694a98604215bab2fd5b92b4b59998b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 7 Sep 2022 01:01:01 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 26/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 483f981c00..37c552da63 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ MAT 13 17 e6ci figs-explicit ἃ βλέπετε 1 the things you see The phrase MAT 13 17 lslf figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings **did not see** these things. Alternate translation: “but could not see them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 13 17 q14w figs-explicit ἃ ἀκούετε 1 the things you hear The phrase what you hear probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 13 17 alkk figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not hear these things. Alternate translation: “but could not hear them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 18 w35t 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus begins to explain to his disciples the parable about a person who sows seeds, which he began in [13:3](../13/03.md). +MAT 13 18 w35t 0 Connecting Statement: MAT 13 19 v2d7 τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας 1 the word of the kingdom Alternate translation: “the message about God’s rule as king” MAT 13 19 a8nu figs-metaphor ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 the evil one comes and snatches away what has been sown in his heart Jesus speaks of Satan causing the person to forget what he has heard as if Satan were a bird snatching the seed from the ground. Alternate translation: “The evil one causes him to forget the message that he has heard just as a bird snatches away seed from the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 13 19 sb7u figs-explicit ὁ πονηρὸς 1 the evil one Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 6aacd59ec1bbb45b230656b949347802678fcdb6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 7 Sep 2022 18:09:36 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 27/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 35 ++++++++++++++++++++--------------- 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 37c552da63..9b4ea8265f 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -893,23 +893,28 @@ MAT 13 17 e6ci figs-explicit ἃ βλέπετε 1 the things you see The phrase MAT 13 17 lslf figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings **did not see** these things. Alternate translation: “but could not see them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 13 17 q14w figs-explicit ἃ ἀκούετε 1 the things you hear The phrase what you hear probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 13 17 alkk figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not hear these things. Alternate translation: “but could not hear them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 18 w35t 0 Connecting Statement: -MAT 13 19 v2d7 τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας 1 the word of the kingdom Alternate translation: “the message about God’s rule as king” -MAT 13 19 a8nu figs-metaphor ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 the evil one comes and snatches away what has been sown in his heart Jesus speaks of Satan causing the person to forget what he has heard as if Satan were a bird snatching the seed from the ground. Alternate translation: “The evil one causes him to forget the message that he has heard just as a bird snatches away seed from the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 13 19 sb7u figs-explicit ὁ πονηρὸς 1 the evil one Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 19 pt4d ἁρπάζει 1 snatches away Translate **snatches** with a word in your language that means to grab something away from someone who is the rightful owner. -MAT 13 19 r9u6 figs-activepassive τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 what has been sown in his heart If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the message that God sowed in his heart” or “the message that he heard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 13 19 xi8f figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his heart Here, **heart** refers to the mind of the hearer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 13 19 wfd3 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς 1 This is what was sown beside the road Alternate translation: “This is the meaning of the seed that was sown beside the road” or “The road where seed was sown represents this person” +MAT 13 18 w35t figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus is not retelling the parable again, but is now explaining it to the disciples. Make sure this is clear to your audience. See the note in the chapter introduction for more information about this parable. Alternate translation: “Therefore, hear me explain the parable of the one who sowed the seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) +MAT 13 19 v2d7 figs-genericnoun παντὸς ἀκούοντος 1 the word of the kingdom Jesus is speaking of people in general, and not about any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people who hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) \n +MAT 13 19 suhi figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Jesus refers figuratively to bread, one common food, to mean food in general. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) The phrase **the word** is referring to the entire message about the **kingdom**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAT 13 19 het1 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here the word **kingdom** is figuratively referring to how God is making people his people to rule over them. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message about how God is making people his people to rule over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 13 19 uo3l figs-ellipsis τῆς βασιλείας 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 13 19 a8nu figs-metaphor ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 the evil one comes and snatches away what has been sown in his heart Jesus is speaking figuratively about Satan as if he were a bird who **snatches away** seeds. God's message is spoken of as if it **has been sown** in a person's heart. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “the evil one comes and takes away their understanding of God's message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 13 19 sb7u figs-explicit ὁ πονηρὸς 1 the evil one Here, **the evil one** refers to Satan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Satan, who is the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 19 r9u6 figs-activepassive τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 what has been sown in his heart If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the seed which God sowed in his heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 13 19 xi8f figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his heart Here, the word **heart** is referring to the mind of the person. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “in his mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 13 19 wfd3 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν σπαρείς 1 This is what was sown beside the road Jesus speaks about what happens to these people figuratively as if it were what happens when seed is thrown alongside the road. The seed is referring to God's message. The road is referring to the persons **heart**. If your readers would not understand what this means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “when this happens, it is like what happened to seed being sown along the path” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 13 19 xgz5 παρὰ τὴν ὁδὸν 1 beside the road See how you translated this in [13:4](../13/04.md). -MAT 13 20 l5iv figs-explicit ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς 1 Now that sown on the rocky ground The phrase **that sown** refers to seed that fell. Alternate translation: “Now the seed that fell on rocky ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 20 w4f9 ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ πετρώδη σπαρείς, οὗτός ἐστιν 1 Now that sown on rocky ground, this is Alternate translation: “Now the rocky ground where seed was sown represents” or “Now the rocky ground where seed fell represents” -MAT 13 20 e3hm ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων 1 the one hearing the word In the parable, the seed represents **the word**. +MAT 13 20 l5iv figs-explicit ὁ…σπαρείς 1 Now that sown on the rocky ground The phrase **the one having been sown** is talking about the the seed. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed which was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 20 rnct figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν 1 Jesus is comparing **the one hearing the word and immediately receiving it with joy** with the seed which is sown on rocky ground. In the same way that the seed sown on rocky soil does not have deep roots, so the person who immediately receives it has not fully believed in God's message. If your readers would not understand what it means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “this is like the person who hears the word and quickly receives it with joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 13 20 w4f9 figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον 1 Now that sown on rocky ground, this is See how you translated **word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAT 13 20 cl6g figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word Here, **the word** represents God’s message. Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 13 20 z76f figs-metaphor μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν 1 receiving it with joy Believing the word is spoken of as **receiving it**. Alternate translation: “joyfully believing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 13 21 zg9q figs-metaphor οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν 1 But he has no root in himself, but is temporary The **root** represents what makes a person continue to believe God’s message. Alternate translation: “But like a plant that does not grow deep roots, he only endures for a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 13 21 lim9 figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται 1 immediately he is caused to stumble Here, **is caused to stumble** means stops believing. Alternate translation: “he quickly stops believing the message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 13 22 d4h5 figs-explicit ὁ…σπαρείς 1 that which has been sown This refers to seed that was **sown** or that fell. Alternate translation: “the seed that was sown” or “the seed that fell” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 20 z76f figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν 1 receiving it with joy Jesus is speaking figuratively, speaking about believing as if they were **recieving** God's message. If your readers would not understand what **receiving** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “this seed is like the person who quickly receives God's message with joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 13 21 zg9q figs-idiom οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν 1 But he has no root in himself, but is temporary The expression **but he has no root in himself, but is temporary** figuratively means that the plant does not have deep enough roots to stay alive. Alternate translation: “but he does not have deep roots to stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 13 21 ixil grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **but** is in contrast to what precedes it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +MAT 13 21 lxuy figs-abstractnouns γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **tribulation** and **persecution**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “people afflicted and persecuted them because of the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +MAT 13 21 xv50 figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον 1 See how you translated the word **word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAT 13 21 lim9 figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται 1 immediately he is caused to stumble The expression **to stumble** figuratively means that he no longer believes God's message. Alternate translation: “immediately he stops believing God's message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])   +MAT 13 22 d4h5 figs-explicit ὁ…σπαρείς 1 that which has been sown If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 13 22 rcj8 ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς 1 Now that which has been sown among the thorn plants Alternate translation: “Now the ground with the thorn plants where seed was sown” MAT 13 22 anm5 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ 1 this is the one Alternate translation: “this represents the person” MAT 13 22 a3u1 τὸν λόγον 1 the word Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching” From 6425a816ae3873198bcc8311a14fac4b17fce63c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Thu, 8 Sep 2022 11:55:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 28/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 19 +++++++++---------- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 10 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 9b4ea8265f..1be7a9d340 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -914,17 +914,16 @@ MAT 13 21 ixil grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the wor MAT 13 21 lxuy figs-abstractnouns γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **tribulation** and **persecution**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “people afflicted and persecuted them because of the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAT 13 21 xv50 figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον 1 See how you translated the word **word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAT 13 21 lim9 figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται 1 immediately he is caused to stumble The expression **to stumble** figuratively means that he no longer believes God's message. Alternate translation: “immediately he stops believing God's message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])   -MAT 13 22 d4h5 figs-explicit ὁ…σπαρείς 1 that which has been sown If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 22 rcj8 ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς 1 Now that which has been sown among the thorn plants Alternate translation: “Now the ground with the thorn plants where seed was sown” -MAT 13 22 anm5 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ 1 this is the one Alternate translation: “this represents the person” -MAT 13 22 a3u1 τὸν λόγον 1 the word Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching” -MAT 13 22 q2nh figs-metaphor ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συνπνίγει τὸν λόγον 1 the cares of this age and the deceitfulness of riches choke the word Jesus speaks about the **cares** of the world and the **deceitfulness of riches** distracting a person from obeying God’s word as if they were weeds that could wind around a plant and keep it from growing. Alternate translation: “as weeds prevent good plants from growing, the cares of the world and the deceitfulness of riches keep this person from listening to God’s word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 13 22 xa8r ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου 1 the cares of this age Alternate translation: “the things in this world that people worry about” -MAT 13 22 wwf5 figs-personification ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου 1 the deceitfulness of riches Jesus describes **riches** as if it were a person who could deceive someone. This means people think having more money will make them happy, but it will not. Alternate translation: “the love of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +MAT 13 22 d4h5 figs-explicit ὁ…σπαρείς 1 that which has been sown Here, Jesus is talking about the story of seed which was **sown** among the thorns, If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 22 rcj8 ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς 1 Now that which has been sown among the thorn plants See how you translated **thorns** in [13:7](../13/07.md) +MAT 13 22 a3u1 figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον…τὸν λόγον 2 the word See how you translated **the word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAT 13 22 q2nh figs-explicit ἡ μέριμνα τοῦ αἰῶνος τούτου καὶ ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου συνπνίγει τὸν λόγον 1 the cares of this age and the deceitfulness of riches choke the word The phrase **the cares of this age** is likely referring to caring about what a person will eat or drink. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “worrying about what you need to live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 22 wwf5 figs-personification ἡ ἀπάτη τοῦ πλούτου 1 the deceitfulness of riches Jesus speaks of **riches** figuratively as if it were a living thing that could deceive. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “finding all of their pleasure in riches” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) MAT 13 22 gn6z figs-metaphor ἄκαρπος γίνεται 1 it becomes unfruitful The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Being **unfruitful** represents being unproductive. Alternate translation: “he becomes unproductive” or “he does not do what God wants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 13 23 xw4b ὁ…ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς 1 that which has been sown on the good soil Alternate translation: “the good soil where seeds were sown” -MAT 13 23 ptb8 figs-metaphor ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ, ὃ 1 who indeed bears fruit, and some yield The person is spoken of as if he were a plant. Alternate translation: “like a healthy plant that is productive, some bear a crop that yields” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 13 23 wm3p figs-ellipsis ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some yield 100 times, and some 60, and some 30 The phrase “as much as was planted” is understood following each of these numbers. See how you translated this in [13:8](../13/08.md). Alternate translation: “some people produce 100 times as much as was planted, some produce 60 times as much, and some produce 30 times as much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 13 23 xw4b figs-explicit ὁ…ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρείς 1 that which has been sown on the good soil Here Jesus is referring to the story of the seed which fell on the **good soil**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown on the good soil” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 23 ptb8 figs-metaphor ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ 1 who indeed bears fruit, and some yield Here the phrase **who indeed produces a crop and yields** figuratively means “a person who does many good things that please God”. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who does many good things that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n +MAT 13 23 wm3p figs-ellipsis ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some yield 100 times, and some 60, and some 30 This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 100 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 30 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 13 23 i4t0 translate-numbers ἑκατὸν…ἑξήκοντα…τριάκοντα 1 You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “a hundred … sixty … thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MAT 13 24 l5yx figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) MAT 13 24 k8pu figs-simile ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like a man The translation should not equate the **kingdom of the heavens** to a man, but rather the **kingdom of the heavens** is like the situation described in the parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) MAT 13 24 f8j5 figs-metonymy ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 866501cca28971639f140d556a22ab346b8c6062 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Fri, 9 Sep 2022 17:07:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 29/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 4 ++-- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 1be7a9d340..080eeae6e7 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -924,8 +924,8 @@ MAT 13 23 xw4b figs-explicit ὁ…ἐπὶ τὴν καλὴν γῆν σπαρ MAT 13 23 ptb8 figs-metaphor ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιεῖ 1 who indeed bears fruit, and some yield Here the phrase **who indeed produces a crop and yields** figuratively means “a person who does many good things that please God”. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who does many good things that please God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n MAT 13 23 wm3p figs-ellipsis ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some yield 100 times, and some 60, and some 30 This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 100 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 30 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 13 23 i4t0 translate-numbers ἑκατὸν…ἑξήκοντα…τριάκοντα 1 You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “a hundred … sixty … thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -MAT 13 24 l5yx figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Here Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a field with both wheat and weeds growing in it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -MAT 13 24 k8pu figs-simile ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like a man The translation should not equate the **kingdom of the heavens** to a man, but rather the **kingdom of the heavens** is like the situation described in the parable. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +MAT 13 24 l5yx figs-parables ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς λέγων, 1 Connecting Statement: To help the people understand his message, Jesus tells a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told a story to help them understand:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) +MAT 13 24 k8pu figs-simile ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ σπείραντι καλὸν σπέρμα ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like a man Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with the entire story. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) MAT 13 24 f8j5 figs-metonymy ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 13 24 u21k figs-explicit καλὸν σπέρμα 1 good seed The audience probably thought that Jesus was talking about wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Alternate translation: “good food seeds” or “good grain seeds” MAT 13 25 zn8v ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς 1 his enemy came Alternate translation: “his enemy came to the field” From eaca050b42aa2e5ea8702f3dc5cb86967fba9337 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Fri, 9 Sep 2022 18:24:09 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 30/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 8 +++++--- 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 080eeae6e7..c2a1aa2e6a 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -925,9 +925,11 @@ MAT 13 23 ptb8 figs-metaphor ὃς δὴ καρποφορεῖ καὶ ποιε MAT 13 23 wm3p figs-ellipsis ποιεῖ, ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some yield 100 times, and some 60, and some 30 This refers to the grain that the plants produce. Alternate translation: “some produce 100 times the grain that was sown, some produce 60 times the grain that was sown, and some produce 30 times the grain that was sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 13 23 i4t0 translate-numbers ἑκατὸν…ἑξήκοντα…τριάκοντα 1 You can state the numbers as text. Alternate translation: “a hundred … sixty … thirty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MAT 13 24 l5yx figs-parables ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς λέγων, 1 Connecting Statement: To help the people understand his message, Jesus tells a story. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then Jesus told a story to help them understand:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -MAT 13 24 k8pu figs-simile ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ σπείραντι καλὸν σπέρμα ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like a man Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with the entire story. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -MAT 13 24 f8j5 figs-metonymy ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 13 24 u21k figs-explicit καλὸν σπέρμα 1 good seed The audience probably thought that Jesus was talking about wheat. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Alternate translation: “good food seeds” or “good grain seeds” +MAT 13 24 xkov figs-metaphor ἄλλην παραβολὴν παρέθηκεν αὐτοῖς 1 Here the phrase **set before** figuratively means that Jesus told the people another story. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told them another parable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) Here the term **set before them** figuratively means that Jesus told the disciples another parable. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Jesus told them another parable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])  +MAT 13 24 iiv7 writing-pronouns αὐτοῖς 1 The pronoun **them** refers to the disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MAT 13 24 k8pu figs-simile ὡμοιώθη ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἀνθρώπῳ σπείραντι καλὸν σπέρμα ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ αὐτοῦ 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like a man Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with the entire story through [13:30](../13/30.md). See the note in the chapter introduction for more information. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +MAT 13 24 f8j5 figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 13 24 u21k figs-explicit καλὸν σπέρμα 1 good seed Here **good seed** is referring to seed that produces edible crops. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seed for food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 13 25 zn8v ἦλθεν αὐτοῦ ὁ ἐχθρὸς 1 his enemy came Alternate translation: “his enemy came to the field” MAT 13 25 q4tv ζιζάνια 1 darnel The **darnel** that was sown looks like food plants when it is young, but its grain is poison. Alternate translation: “bad seed” or “weed seeds” MAT 13 26 lea1 ὅτε δὲ ἐβλάστησεν ὁ χόρτος 1 But when the blades sprouted Alternate translation: “But when the wheat seeds sprouted” or “But after the plants came up” From a72eb3c9cf60f23add0d0bcbced6ec43ebd3f715 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Tue, 13 Sep 2022 12:00:05 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 31/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 35 +++++++++++++++-------------------- 1 file changed, 15 insertions(+), 20 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index c2a1aa2e6a..b8d8bdc1b0 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -944,27 +944,22 @@ MAT 13 29 c9jc ὁ δέ φησιν 1 But he says Alternate translation: “But MAT 13 30 z36a figs-quotations ἐρῶ τοῖς θερισταῖς, συλλέξατε πρῶτον τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ δήσατε αὐτὰ εἰς δέσμας πρὸς τὸ κατακαῦσαι αὐτά; τὸν δὲ σῖτον συναγάγετε εἰς τὴν ἀποθήκην μου. 1 I will say to the reapers, “First gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them up, but gather the wheat into my barn.” You can translate this direct quotation as an indirect quote. Alternate translation: “I will tell the reapers to first gather up the darnel and tie them in bundles to burn them, and then gather the wheat into my barn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MAT 13 30 ll14 τὴν ἀποθήκην 1 barn A **barn** is a farm building that can be used for storing grain, animals, and other farm items. MAT 13 31 tdf4 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a very small seed that grows into a very big plant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -MAT 13 31 jw7u figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 13 31 qby8 translate-unknown κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 a mustard seed A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MAT 13 32 gyi1 figs-explicit ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων 1 which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds Mustard seeds were the **smallest** **seeds** known to the original hearers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 32 x65d ὅταν δὲ αὐξηθῇ 1 But when it may grow Alternate translation: “But when the plant has grown” -MAT 13 32 um9k μεῖζον…ἐστὶν 1 it is greater than Alternate translation: “it is larger than” -MAT 13 32 g6v8 γίνεται δένδρον 1 becomes a tree A mustard plant can grow about 2 to 4 meters tall—the height of a small **tree**. -MAT 13 32 c9te τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 the birds of the sky Alternate translation: “the birds” -MAT 13 33 a1th figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about the effect that yeast has on flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -MAT 13 33 z94k figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like yeast The **kingdom** is not like the **yeast**, but the spread of the **kingdom** is like the spreading of the **yeast**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -MAT 13 33 w8sb figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 13 31 jw7u figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 13 31 qby8 translate-unknown κόκκῳ σινάπεως 1 a mustard seed A **mustard seed** is a very small seed that grows into a large plant. If this is unknown in your culture, use a similar type of seed in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 13 32 gyi1 figs-explicit ὃ μικρότερον μέν ἐστιν πάντων τῶν σπερμάτων 1 which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds The phrase **which is indeed the smallest of all the seeds** shows how small the seed it compared with how big it grows. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “This seed was the smallest of any seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MAT 13 32 g6v8 figs-idiom γίνεται δένδρον 1 becomes a tree Here, the phrase **becomes a tree** is an idiom meaning it grows until it becomes the size of a tree. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “grows to be a tree” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 13 33 z94k figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ζύμῃ 1 The kingdom of heaven is like yeast In this passage, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with **yeast**. Jesus is saying that, Just as yeast is mixed into flour and causes it to grow, so the kingdom of the heavens will grow. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +MAT 13 33 w8sb figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like See how you translated **The kingdom of the heavens** in [4:2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 13 33 xc9t translate-unknown ζύμῃ, ἣν λαβοῦσα, γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον 1 The word **yeast** is something used in making bread that causes it to grow. If this would not be understood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “yeast, which is used to make bread grow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 13 33 r88g translate-bvolume ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία 1 three measures of flour You can translate this phrase as “a large amount of flour” or use a term that your culture uses for measuring large amounts of flour. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) -MAT 13 33 c35r figs-explicit γυνὴ ἐνέκρυψεν εἰς ἀλεύρου σάτα τρία, ἕως οὗ ἐζυμώθη ὅλον 1 a woman mixed with three measures of flour until it all was leavened The implied information is that the yeast and the three measures of flour were made into dough for baking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 34 nt7u figs-parallelism ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 All these things Jesus spoke to the crowds in parables; and he was speaking nothing to them without a parable Both sentences mean the same thing. They are combined to emphasize that Jesus taught **the crowds** only with **parables**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -MAT 13 34 n54e ταῦτα πάντα 1 All these things Here, **All these things** refers to what Jesus taught beginning at [13:1](../13/01.md). -MAT 13 34 a5c7 figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 he was speaking nothing to them without a parable If your readers would misunderstand the double-negative **nothing … without**, you can express it in a positive way. Alternate translation: “everything he taught them he said in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -MAT 13 35 ybq5 figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος 1 what had been said through the prophet might be fulfilled, saying If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “what God told one of the prophets to write long ago might come true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 13 35 p3tb λέγοντος 1 saying Alternate translation: “when the prophet said” -MAT 13 35 f9gl ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου; ἐρεύξομαι κεκρυμμένα ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 Here the author quotes from the Psalms to show that Jesus’ teaching in parables fulfilled prophecy. -MAT 13 35 n1pa figs-idiom ἀνοίξω…τὸ στόμα μου 1 I will open my mouth This is an idiom that means “to speak.” Alternate translation: “I will speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 13 35 yx6y figs-activepassive κεκρυμμένα 1 what has been hidden If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “things that God has kept hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 13 35 th8t ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world Alternate translation: “since the beginning of the world” or “since God created the world” +MAT 13 34 nt7u figs-parallelism ταῦτα πάντα ἐλάλησεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἐν παραβολαῖς τοῖς ὄχλοις, καὶ χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 All these things Jesus spoke to the crowds in parables; and he was speaking nothing to them without a parable The phrases **All these things Jesus spoke in parables to the crowds** and **he was speaking nothing to them without a parable** mean the same thing. If saying the same thing twice might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Jesus spoke all of these things in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +MAT 13 34 n54e figs-explicit ταῦτα πάντα 1 All these things The phrase **all these things** is referring to the parables which Jesus just taught. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “All of the things Jesus taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 34 a5c7 figs-doublenegatives χωρὶς παραβολῆς οὐδὲν ἐλάλει αὐτοῖς 1 he was speaking nothing to them without a parable If this double negative would be misunderstood in your language, you could translate it as a positive statement. Alternate translation: “he spoke only with parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +MAT 13 35 ybq5 figs-activepassive πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τοῦ προφήτου 1 what had been said through the prophet might be fulfilled, saying If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what God said through the prophet might be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 13 35 p3tb writing-quotations διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος, 1 saying Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “through the prophet … and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +MAT 13 35 f9gl figs-metonymy ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου 1 Jesus is using the phrase **I will open my mouth in parables** figuratively to mean speaking. Alternate translation: “I will speak in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 13 35 yx6y figs-activepassive κεκρυμμένα 1 what has been hidden If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what I have hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 13 35 th8t figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “since God founded the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) MAT 13 36 pq2h 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to the house where Jesus and his disciples were staying. Jesus begins to explain to them the parable of the field that had both wheat and weeds, which he told beginning in [13:24](../13/24.md). MAT 13 36 x5w7 ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 he went into the house Alternate translation: “he went indoors” or “he went into the house where he was staying” MAT 13 37 aj8f ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα 1 The one sowing the good seed Alternate translation: “The one who sows the good seed” or “The sower of the good seed” From 394e3035be659427148bf281bc128c8837ddc875 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Thu, 15 Sep 2022 11:02:28 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 32/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 34 ++++++++++++++++++---------------- 1 file changed, 18 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index b8d8bdc1b0..f476562c13 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -960,23 +960,25 @@ MAT 13 35 p3tb writing-quotations διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντ MAT 13 35 f9gl figs-metonymy ἀνοίξω ἐν παραβολαῖς τὸ στόμα μου 1 Jesus is using the phrase **I will open my mouth in parables** figuratively to mean speaking. Alternate translation: “I will speak in parables” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 13 35 yx6y figs-activepassive κεκρυμμένα 1 what has been hidden If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “what I have hidden” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 13 35 th8t figs-abstractnouns ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου 1 from the foundation of the world If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **foundation**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “since God founded the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAT 13 36 pq2h 0 Connecting Statement: Here the scene shifts to the house where Jesus and his disciples were staying. Jesus begins to explain to them the parable of the field that had both wheat and weeds, which he told beginning in [13:24](../13/24.md). -MAT 13 36 x5w7 ἦλθεν εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν 1 he went into the house Alternate translation: “he went indoors” or “he went into the house where he was staying” -MAT 13 37 aj8f ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα 1 The one sowing the good seed Alternate translation: “The one who sows the good seed” or “The sower of the good seed” -MAT 13 37 xj4s figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -MAT 13 38 h9iz figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας 1 the sons of the kingdom The idiom **sons of** refers to those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 13 38 eni3 figs-metonymy τῆς βασιλείας 1 of the kingdom Here, **kingdom** refers to God the king. Alternate translation: “of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 13 38 edu7 figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the sons of the evil one The idiom **sons of** refers those who belong to or to have the same character as someone or something. Alternate translation: “the people who belong to the evil one” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 13 39 sgx2 ὁ…ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά 1 the enemy who sowed them Alternate translation: “the enemy who sowed the weeds” -MAT 13 40 rn64 figs-activepassive ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται 1 Therefore, just as the darnel are gathered up and burned with fire You can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “Therefore, as people gather up weeds and burn them in the fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 13 41 fiy4 figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ 1 The Son of Man will send out his angels Here Jesus is speaking of himself as the **Son of Man**. Alternate translation: “I, the Son of Man, will send out my angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -MAT 13 41 ptw9 τοὺς ποιοῦντας τὴν ἀνομίαν 1 those doing lawlessness Alternate translation: “those who are lawless” or “evil people” -MAT 13 42 d9md figs-metaphor τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός 1 the furnace of fire This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term **furnace** is not known, “oven” can be used. Alternate translation: “fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 13 42 zu3j translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth Here, **grinding of teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and showing that they are suffering very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -MAT 13 43 u6sm figs-simile ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος 1 will shine as the sun If this simile is not understandable in your language, you can use: “will be as easy to see as the sun.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +MAT 13 36 pq2h writing-newevent τότε 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MAT 13 37 r9wr ὁ σπείρων τὸ καλὸν σπέρμα ἐστὶν ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 The phrase **the Son of Man** is explaining what the phrase **The one sowing the good seed** means which Jesus used in [13:24](../13/24.md). +MAT 13 37 xj4s figs-123person ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου 1 the Son of Man Jesus is referring to himself as the **Son of Man**. If this would be confusing to your readers, you can express this in the first person. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAT 13 38 eea8 ὁ δὲ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος; τὸ δὲ καλὸν σπέρμα, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας; τὰ δὲ ζιζάνιά εἰσιν οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 The phrase **the world** is explaining what the phrase **the field** means which Jesus used in [13:24](../13/24.md). The phrase **the sons of the kingdom** is explaining what the phrase **the good seed** means which Jesus used in [13:24](../13/24.md). The phrase **the sons of the evil one** is explaining what the phrase **the darnel** means which Jesus used in [13:25](../13/25.md). +MAT 13 38 h9iz figs-idiom οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς βασιλείας…οἱ υἱοὶ τοῦ πονηροῦ 1 the sons of the kingdom Here, the phrase **sons of the kingdom** is an idiom meaning “people over whom God rules.” The phrase **sons of the evil one** is an idiom meaning “people over whom Satan rules.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the people over whom God rules … the people over whom Satan rules” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 13 38 eni3 figs-metonymy τῆς βασιλείας 1 of the kingdom See how you translated **the kingdom** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 13 39 sgx2 ὁ…ἐχθρὸς, ὁ σπείρας αὐτά ἐστιν ὁ διάβολος; ὁ δὲ θερισμὸς συντέλεια αἰῶνός ἐστιν; οἱ δὲ θερισταὶ ἄγγελοί εἰσιν. 1 the enemy who sowed them The phrase **the devil** is explaining what the phrase **the enemy** means which Jesus used in [13:25](../13/25.md). The phrase **the end of the age** is explaining what the phrase **the harvest** means which Jesus used in [13:30](../13/30.md). The word **angels** is explaining what the phrase **the reapers** means which Jesus used in [13:30](../13/30.md) +MAT 13 40 rn64 figs-simile ὥσπερ οὖν συλλέγεται τὰ ζιζάνια καὶ πυρὶ κατακαίεται, οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 Therefore, just as the darnel are gathered up and burned with fire Jesus is comparing the parable to what is actually going to happen in the end times. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Therefore, similar to how the weeds were gathered up, this is what God is going to do with evil doers in the final days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +MAT 13 40 hzih grammar-connect-words-phrases οὕτως ἔσται ἐν τῇ συντελείᾳ τοῦ αἰῶνος 1 The word **thus** tells the reader that Jesus is going to explain what the parable is similar to in the following passage. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “here is a description of what it will be like in the end days for evil people:” +MAT 13 41 fiy4 figs-123person ἀποστελεῖ ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Ἀνθρώπου τοὺς ἀγγέλους αὐτοῦ 1 The Son of Man will send out his angels See how you translated **Son of Man** in [13:37](../13/37.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAT 13 41 p5p9 figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς βασιλείας αὐτοῦ 1 Jesus is using the term **kingdom** figuratively here to refer to the whole world. If it would be helpful to your readers, make sure they understand this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the world which he rules over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 13 41 ptw9 figs-metaphor πάντα τὰ σκάνδαλα 1 those doing lawlessness Here, the phrase **stumbling blocks** is speaking figuratively about people who cause other people to sin. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all of the people who cause others to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 13 42 d9md figs-metaphor τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός 1 the furnace of fire Here, Jesus is referring to hell figuratively as a **furnace of fire**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “hell, which is hot like a fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 13 42 zu3j translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth Here, **grinding of the teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme pain and suffering. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “weeping and extreme suffering” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]])\n\n +MAT 13 43 azqy figs-nominaladj οἱ δίκαιοι 1 Jesus is using the adjective righteous as a noun in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MAT 13 43 u6sm figs-simile ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος 1 will shine as the sun Here, Jesus is comparing **the righteous** as if they were shining like **the sun**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +MAT 13 43 j487 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **kingdom** figuratively to mean where God dwells and where the righteous will dwell with him. Alternate translation: “in heaven where God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 13 43 sea2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν 1 of their Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -MAT 13 43 zxh2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. The phrase **having ears** here is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 13 43 sak5 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this in [11:15](../11/15.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +MAT 13 43 zxh2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 13 44 fjm1 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: In verses 44-46, Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) MAT 13 44 e9cv figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 13 44 u9jq figs-activepassive ὁμοία ἐστὶν…θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ 1 is like a treasure hidden in a field If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “is like a treasure that someone had hidden in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From 0e03bceb20204dad1391a7567b82ce18a4dfc96a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 21 Sep 2022 10:46:35 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 33/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 17 +++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 9 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index f476562c13..f597319a76 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -979,15 +979,16 @@ MAT 13 43 u6sm figs-simile ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος 1 will MAT 13 43 j487 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ 1 Jesus is using the term **kingdom** figuratively to mean where God dwells and where the righteous will dwell with him. Alternate translation: “in heaven where God is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 13 43 sea2 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτῶν 1 of their Father **Father** is an important title for God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 13 43 zxh2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear See how you translated a similar phrase in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 13 44 fjm1 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: In verses 44-46, Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -MAT 13 44 e9cv figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 13 44 u9jq figs-activepassive ὁμοία ἐστὶν…θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ 1 is like a treasure hidden in a field If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “is like a treasure that someone had hidden in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 13 44 k9rh θησαυρῷ 1 a treasure A **treasure** is a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things. -MAT 13 44 hu7f ἔκρυψεν 1 hid Alternate translation: “covered it up” -MAT 13 44 jtv2 figs-explicit πωλεῖ πάντα ὅσα ἔχει, καὶ ἀγοράζει τὸν ἀγρὸν ἐκεῖνον 1 sells everything, as much as he has, and buys that field The implied information is that the person **buys** the **field** to take possession of the hidden treasure. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 44 fjm1 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: In [13:44-46](../13/44-46.md), Jesus describes **the kingdom of heaven** by telling two parables about people who sold their possessions to purchase something of great value. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) +MAT 13 44 tac2 figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν θησαυρῷ κεκρυμμένῳ ἐν τῷ ἀγρῷ 1 Here, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of the heavens** with a **treasure**. He is saying that it is as valuable to a person as a very expensive treasure which someone might find. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “The kingdom of the heavens is similar to a very valuable item which is found in a field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +MAT 13 44 e9cv figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The kingdom of the heavens is like See how you translated **kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 13 44 wg6a figs-activepassive κεκρυμμένῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which someone hid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 13 44 k9rh translate-unknown θησαυρῷ 1 a treasure A **treasure** is a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things. If your readers would not know this, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “a very valuable item” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 13 44 hu7f κεκρυμμένῳ…ἔκρυψεν 1 hid Alternate translation: “buried … buried” MAT 13 45 c633 figs-explicit ὁμοία…ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 like a man, a merchant, seeking fine pearls The implied information is that the man was looking for valuable **pearls** that he could buy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 45 khy6 ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ 1 a man, a merchant A **merchant** is a trader or wholesale dealer who often obtains merchandise from distant places. -MAT 13 45 b88q translate-unknown καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 fine pearls A pearl is a smooth, hard, shiny, white or light-colored bead formed inside mollusks in the sea and highly prized as a gem or to make into valuable jewelry. Alternate translation: “fine valuable” or “beautiful pearls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 13 45 auj6 figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 13 45 khy6 translate-unknown ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ 1 a man, a merchant A **merchant** is a trader who often obtains merchandise from distant places and sells them to other people. If your readers would not understand the word **merchant**, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person who sells items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 13 45 b88q translate-unknown καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 fine pearls These pearls are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a small animal that lives in the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 13 47 vw24 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) MAT 13 47 g79n figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ 1 the kingdom of the heavens is like a net The **kingdom** is not like the **net**, but the **kingdom** draws all kinds of people like a **net** catches all kinds of fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) MAT 13 47 rjm4 figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens is like Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From ac640f0137c3546ae78ad8191e6c6efb2d3b9754 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 21 Sep 2022 14:43:40 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 34/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 53 ++++++++++++++++++++++-------------------------- 1 file changed, 24 insertions(+), 29 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index f597319a76..cfa74e09b7 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ MAT 7 3 q1z4 figs-metaphor τὴν…ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκ MAT 7 3 xdcg figs-hyperbole τὴν…ἐν τῷ σῷ ὀφθαλμῷ δοκὸν οὐ κατανοεῖς 1 the log that is in your own eye A **log** cannot fit into a person's eye. Jesus is exaggerating to emphasize that a person should pay attention to their own more offensive sins before he deals with another person’s less offensive sins. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language that shows this exaggeration. Alternate translation: “you do not see your own very offensive sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MAT 7 4 k58h figs-rquestion ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς τῷ ἀδελφῷ σου, ἄφες ἐκβάλω τὸ κάρφος ἐκ τοῦ ὀφθαλμοῦ σου, καὶ ἰδοὺ, ἡ δοκὸς ἐν τῷ ὀφθαλμῷ σοῦ? 1 Or how will you say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while behold, the log is in your own eye? Jesus asks this question to challenge the people to pay attention to their own sins before they pay attention to another person’s sins. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You should not say to your brother, ‘Let me take out the speck from your eye,’ while there is log in your own eye.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 7 6 wohg figs-metaphor μὴ δῶτε τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν, μηδὲ βάλητε τοὺς μαργαρίτας ὑμῶν ἔμπροσθεν τῶν χοίρων 1 Here, to **give what is holy** and to **throw your pearls** means to share about God with people. The message about God is seen as very valuable and holy. Also, **dogs** and **pigs** are figurative for people who would reject this message. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Do not share the holy message about God with people who would hurt you, nor should you try to share the valuable message about God with people who do not care to listen to it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 7 6 xy2e translate-unknown τοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 pearls A pearl is a valuable white stone produced by a creature that lives in the ocean. It is similar to a small, round stone or bead. They are also very easy to break or damage. If this would not be understood in your language, you can use plain language. Alternate translation: “small valuable stones" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 7 6 xy2e translate-unknown τοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 pearls These pearls are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a small animal that lives in the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]])\n\n MAT 7 7 ut6i figs-parallelism αἰτεῖτε καὶ δοθήσεται ὑμῖν; ζητεῖτε καὶ εὑρήσετε; κρούετε καὶ ἀνοιγήσεται ὑμῖν 1 Ask … Seek … Knock Here, **Ask**, **seek**, and **knock** have a similar meaning of praying to God. If saying the same thing three times might be confusing for your readers, you can combine the phrases into one. Alternate translation: “Pray to God for what you need, and he will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) MAT 7 7 tv49 figs-activepassive δοθήσεται ὑμῖν 1 it will be given to you If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God will give it to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 7 7 rt8g figs-explicit κρούετε 1 Knock To **knock** on a door is a polite way to request that the person inside the house or room open the door. If knocking on a door is impolite or not done in your culture, use the word that describes how people politely ask for people to let you into their house. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “knock on the door” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -985,39 +985,34 @@ MAT 13 44 e9cv figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 The MAT 13 44 wg6a figs-activepassive κεκρυμμένῳ 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “which someone hid” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 13 44 k9rh translate-unknown θησαυρῷ 1 a treasure A **treasure** is a very valuable and precious thing or collection of things. If your readers would not know this, you can state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “a very valuable item” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 13 44 hu7f κεκρυμμένῳ…ἔκρυψεν 1 hid Alternate translation: “buried … buried” -MAT 13 45 c633 figs-explicit ὁμοία…ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 like a man, a merchant, seeking fine pearls The implied information is that the man was looking for valuable **pearls** that he could buy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 45 c633 figs-explicit ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 like a man, a merchant, seeking fine pearls The author is implying here that the man is **seeking fine pearls** because he wants to buy them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “seeking to buy fine pearls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 45 znbs figs-simile πάλιν ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ ζητοῦντι καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 Here, Jesus is comparing **the kingdom of God** with **fine pearls**. He is saying that it is very valuable to a person just like pearls are to a person who buys them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way, as expressed in the UST (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) MAT 13 45 auj6 figs-metonymy ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 13 45 khy6 translate-unknown ἀνθρώπῳ ἐμπόρῳ 1 a man, a merchant A **merchant** is a trader who often obtains merchandise from distant places and sells them to other people. If your readers would not understand the word **merchant**, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “a person who sells items” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 13 45 b88q translate-unknown καλοὺς μαργαρίτας 1 fine pearls These pearls are beautiful and valuable mineral balls that people use as jewelry. They are formed inside the shell of a small animal that lives in the ocean. If your readers would not be familiar with pearls, you could express this idea in a more general way. Alternate translation: “decorations made from valuable materials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MAT 13 47 vw24 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -MAT 13 47 g79n figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ 1 the kingdom of the heavens is like a net The **kingdom** is not like the **net**, but the **kingdom** draws all kinds of people like a **net** catches all kinds of fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +MAT 13 47 vw24 figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes **the kingdom of heaven** by telling a parable about fishermen who use a large net to catch fish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) +MAT 13 47 s2dd figs-extrainfo 0 Jesus explains the meaning of this parable in [13:49](../13/49.md) so you do not need to explain the meaning here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) Jesus explains the meaning of the parable in [13:49](../13/49.md), so you do not need to explain the meaning here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-extrainfo]]) +MAT 13 47 g79n figs-simile ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν καὶ ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ 1 the kingdom of the heavens is like a net Here, Jesus compares **the kingdom of the heavens** with how a **net** catches many different kinds of fish. In this sentence, Jesus is not comparing the kingdom of the heavens with the net itself. He is rather comparing the kingdom of the heavens with what the net is doing. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens is comparable to how a net is cast into the see, and gathers every kind of fish in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) MAT 13 47 rjm4 figs-metonymy ὁμοία ἐστὶν ἡ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the kingdom of the heavens is like Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in Matthew. if possible, use **heavens** in your translation. See how you translated this in [13:24](../13/24.md). Alternate translation: “When our God in heaven shows himself to be king, it will be like” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 13 47 vrp4 figs-activepassive ὁμοία…σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 like a net having been cast into the sea If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “like a net that some fishermen cast into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 13 47 kbz2 βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 having been cast into the sea Alternate translation: “that was thrown into the sea” -MAT 13 47 t9v6 ἐκ παντὸς γένους συναγαγούσῃ 1 having gathered from every kind Alternate translation: “having caught all kinds of fish” -MAT 13 48 kf47 ἀναβιβάσαντες ἐπὶ τὸν αἰγιαλὸν 1 they drew up on the beach Alternate translation: “they pulled the net up onto the beach” or “they pulled the net ashore” -MAT 13 48 cnp7 τὰ καλὰ 1 the good things Alternate translation: “the good fish” -MAT 13 48 qi2z τὰ…σαπρὰ 2 the worthless things Alternate translation: “the bad fish” or “the inedible fish” -MAT 13 48 aqu2 ἔξω ἔβαλον 1 they threw away Alternate translation: “they did not keep” -MAT 13 49 q1ms ἐξελεύσονται 1 will come Alternate translation: “will come out” or “will go out” or “will come from heaven” -MAT 13 49 ah2k figs-nominaladj τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τῶν δικαίων 1 the wicked from among the righteous If your language does not use the nominal adjectives **wicked** and **righteous**, you can express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “the wicked people from the righteous people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -MAT 13 50 hwv1 βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς 1 they will throw them Alternate translation: “the angels will throw the wicked people” -MAT 13 50 j8nf figs-metaphor τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός 1 the furnace of fire This is a metaphor for the fires of hell. If the term **furnace** is not known, you can translate it as “oven.” See how you translated this in [13:42](../13/42.md). Alternate translation: “the fiery furnace” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 13 50 mc8t translate-symaction ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 weeping and grinding of teeth Here, **grinding of teeth** is a symbolic act, representing extreme sadness and suffering. See how you translated this in [8:12](../08/12.md). Alternate translation: “weeping and expressing their extreme suffering.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -MAT 13 51 d3wg 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus describes the kingdom of heaven by telling a parable about a person who manages a household. This is the end of the part of the story about Jesus teaching the crowds about the kingdom of heaven through using parables. -MAT 13 51 p5ej figs-quotations συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί. 1 Have you understood all these things?” They say to him, “Yes.” If necessary, both direct quotations can be translated as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -MAT 13 52 g4dd figs-metonymy μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 who has been discipled for the kingdom of the heavens Here, **kingdom of the heavens** refers to God’s rule as king. The phrase **kingdom of the heavens** is used only in the book of Matthew. If possible, keep “heaven” in your translation. Alternate translation: “has learned the truth about our God in heaven, who is king” or “has submitted himself to God’s rule” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 13 52 gr36 figs-parables ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά 1 is like a man, an owner of a house, who draws out new things and old things from his treasure Jesus speaks another parable. He compares scribes, who know very well the scriptures that Moses and the prophets wrote, and who also now accept Jesus’ teachings, to a **house** **owner** who uses both **old** and **new** treasures. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) -MAT 13 52 g59c τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 his treasure A **treasure** is a very valuable and precious thing or a collection of things. Here it may refer to the place where these things are stored, the “treasury” or “storeroom.” -MAT 13 53 jwv2 καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε 1 And it happened that when This phrase shifts the story from Jesus’ teachings to what happened next. Alternate translation: “And then” or “And after” -MAT 13 54 qnh9 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story that runs through [17:27](../17/27.md), where Matthew tells of continued opposition to Jesus’ ministry and teaching about the kingdom of heaven. Here, the people of Jesus’ home town reject him. -MAT 13 54 q3ml figs-explicit τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 his hometown Here, **his hometown** refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 54 j6vb ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτῶν 1 in their synagogue The pronoun **their** is referring to the people of the region. +MAT 13 47 vrp4 figs-activepassive ὁμοία…σαγήνῃ βληθείσῃ εἰς τὴν θάλασσαν 1 like a net having been cast into the sea If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “is like a net which fisherman threw into the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 13 48 aqhl figs-activepassive ἐπληρώθη 1 If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “fish filled the net” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 13 48 cnp7 figs-nominaladj τὰ καλὰ…τὰ…σαπρὰ 1 the good things Jesus is using the adjectives **good** and **worthless** as a noun here in order to describe a group of as either good for eating or not good for eating. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “good fish … worthless fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MAT 13 49 zawv figs-explicit ἐξελεύσονται οἱ ἄγγελοι 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) Jesus does not say where the angels **go out** from. Jesus and his audience would have known that the angels went out from God's presence. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The angels will go out from God's presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 49 ah2k figs-nominaladj τοὺς πονηροὺς ἐκ μέσου τῶν δικαίων 1 the wicked from among the righteous Jesus is using the adjectives **wicked** and **righteous** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “people who are wicked … people who are righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MAT 13 50 j8nf καὶ βαλοῦσιν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν κάμινον τοῦ πυρός. ἐκεῖ ἔσται ὁ κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὁ βρυγμὸς τῶν ὀδόντων 1 the furnace of fire See how you translated this verse in [13:42](../13/42.md). +MAT 13 51 p5ej figs-quotations συνήκατε ταῦτα πάντα? λέγουσιν αὐτῷ, ναί. 1 Have you understood all these things?” They say to him, “Yes.” If it would be more natural in your language, you could express these as indirect quotations. Alternate translation: “Jesus asked them if they had understood all this, and they said that they did understand.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +MAT 13 52 g4dd figs-metonymy μαθητευθεὶς τῇ Βασιλεία τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 who has been discipled for the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated **the kingdom of the heavens** in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 13 52 gr36 figs-parables \n is like a man, an owner of a house, who draws out new things and old things from his treasure Jesus speaks another parable. In this parable, he talks about a man who gives people treasures out of his old and new belongings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) +MAT 13 52 ip6e figs-simile πᾶς γραμματεὺς…ὅμοιός ἐστιν ἀνθρώπῳ οἰκοδεσπότῃ, ὅστις ἐκβάλλει ἐκ τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ καινὰ καὶ παλαιά 1\n Here, Jesus is comparing a **scribe** who obeys Jesus with **a man** who gives people new and old things from his treasure. Here, the treasure is referring to both old teachings of the law as well as new teachings which Jesus is brought. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “every scribe … is comparable to a person who gives old and new things from their valuable items” or ”every scribe … teaches both new and old teachings, which are like treasures to the people to whom they teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +MAT 13 52 g59c translate-unknown τοῦ θησαυροῦ αὐτοῦ 1 his treasure See how you translated **** in [13:44](../13/44.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 13 53 jwv2 writing-endofstory καὶ ἐγένετο ὅτε ἐτέλεσεν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τὰς παραβολὰς ταύτας, μετῆρεν ἐκεῖθεν 1 And it happened that when This verse tells the reader that the story about Jesus telling many parable to his disciples is ending. Use the natural form in your language for expressing the conclusion of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +MAT 13 54 qnh9 writing-newevent 0 General Information: Jesus is using the phrase **And having entered into his hometown** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a way in your language that people use to introduce a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MAT 13 54 q3ml figs-explicit τὴν πατρίδα αὐτοῦ 1 his hometown Here, **his hometown** refers to the town of Nazareth, where Jesus grew up. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his hometown, Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 13 54 it1f ἐκπλήσσεσθαι αὐτοὺς 1 they were astonished Alternate translation: “they were amazed” -MAT 13 54 b3d2 figs-explicit πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις? 1 From where to this one is this wisdom and these miracles? The people believed that Jesus was just an ordinary man. Alternate translation: “How can an ordinary man like this be so wise and do such great miracles?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 54 etwp figs-rquestion πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις? 1 From where to this one is this wisdom and these miracles? The people use this question to express their amazement that he was so wise and was able to do miracles. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “It is strange that he is able to speak with such wisdom and do these miracles!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 13 55 rk5e figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας? 1 Is not this the son of the carpenter? Is not his mother called Mary, and his brothers, James, and Joseph, and Simon, and Judas? The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If your readers would misunderstand these questions, you can express them as statements. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 13 55 rpj9 ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός 1 the son of the carpenter A **carpenter** is someone who makes things with wood or stone. If **carpenter** is not known, “builder” can be used. +MAT 13 54 b3d2 figs-explicit πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη καὶ αἱ δυνάμεις? 1 From where to this one is this wisdom and these miracles? The people asked this question because they did not believe that Jesus had the power to do miracles and heal people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “How can it be that this man has such great wisdom and does these miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 55 rk5e figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας? 1 Is not this the son of the carpenter? Is not his mother called Mary, and his brothers, James, and Joseph, and Simon, and Judas? The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 13 55 rpj9 translate-unknown ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός 1 the son of the carpenter The word **carpenter** here is referring to someone who works with wood. If your readers would not understand the word **carpenter**, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the son of the man who builds with wood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 13 55 qspg figs-metonymy ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός 1 Jesus is using the phrase **the carpenter** figuratively to mean Jospeh, Jesus' father. Alternate translation: “the son of Joseph, the carpenter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 13 56 m9pn figs-rquestion αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν? 1 are not all his sisters with us? The crowd uses this question to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us, too.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 13 56 bnv1 figs-rquestion πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα? 1 From where therefore to this one are all these things? The crowd uses this question to show their understanding that Jesus must have gotten his abilities from somewhere. They were probably expressing their doubt that he got his abilities from God. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “He must have gotten his ability to do these things from somewhere!” or “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 13 56 pqf1 ταῦτα πάντα 1 all these things Here, **all these things** refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles. From 531663dabb9125483282464bea8a0621bbb62ead Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 21 Sep 2022 15:08:51 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 35/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 16 ++++++++-------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index cfa74e09b7..6bfd374bb4 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1013,14 +1013,14 @@ MAT 13 54 b3d2 figs-explicit πόθεν τούτῳ ἡ σοφία αὕτη κ MAT 13 55 rk5e figs-rquestion οὐχ οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός? οὐχ ἡ μήτηρ αὐτοῦ λέγεται Μαριὰμ, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτοῦ, Ἰάκωβος, καὶ Ἰωσὴφ, καὶ Σίμων, καὶ Ἰούδας? 1 Is not this the son of the carpenter? Is not his mother called Mary, and his brothers, James, and Joseph, and Simon, and Judas? The crowd uses these questions to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “He is just the son of a carpenter. We know his mother Mary, and his brothers James, Joseph, Simon, and Judas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 13 55 rpj9 translate-unknown ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός 1 the son of the carpenter The word **carpenter** here is referring to someone who works with wood. If your readers would not understand the word **carpenter**, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the son of the man who builds with wood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 13 55 qspg figs-metonymy ὁ τοῦ τέκτονος υἱός 1 Jesus is using the phrase **the carpenter** figuratively to mean Jospeh, Jesus' father. Alternate translation: “the son of Joseph, the carpenter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 13 56 m9pn figs-rquestion αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν? 1 are not all his sisters with us? The crowd uses this question to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us, too.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 13 56 bnv1 figs-rquestion πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα? 1 From where therefore to this one are all these things? The crowd uses this question to show their understanding that Jesus must have gotten his abilities from somewhere. They were probably expressing their doubt that he got his abilities from God. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “He must have gotten his ability to do these things from somewhere!” or “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 13 56 pqf1 ταῦτα πάντα 1 all these things Here, **all these things** refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles. -MAT 13 57 f5md figs-activepassive ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ 1 they were offended by him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the people of Jesus’ hometown took offense at him” or “the people rejected Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 13 57 azn4 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος 1 A prophet is not without honor You can state this double-negative **not … without** in positive form. Alternate translation: “A prophet receives honor everywhere” or “People everywhere honor a prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) -MAT 13 57 sq8j τῇ πατρίδι 1 his hometown Alternate translation: “his own region” -MAT 13 57 w4x8 ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his own family Alternate translation: “in his own home” -MAT 13 58 e2cp οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς 1 he did not do many miracles there Alternate translation: “Jesus did not do many miracles in his own hometown” +MAT 13 56 m9pn figs-rquestion αἱ ἀδελφαὶ αὐτοῦ οὐχὶ πᾶσαι πρὸς ἡμᾶς εἰσιν? 1 are not all his sisters with us? The crowd uses this question to express their belief that they know who Jesus is and that he is just an ordinary man. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “all his sisters are with us, too.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 13 56 bnv1 figs-rquestion πόθεν οὖν τούτῳ ταῦτα πάντα? 1 From where therefore to this one are all these things? The crowd uses this question to show their doubt concerning where Jesus got his abilities from. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “We do not know where he got these abilities!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 13 56 pqf1 ταῦτα πάντα 1 all these things Here, **all these things** refers to Jesus’ wisdom and ability to do miracles mentioned in the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “are his wisdom and ability to do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 57 f5md figs-activepassive ἐσκανδαλίζοντο ἐν αὐτῷ 1 they were offended by him If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus offended them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 13 57 azn4 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν προφήτης ἄτιμος 1 A prophet is not without honor Jesus uses a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. If this is confusing in your language, you can express the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “A prophet is always honored, except” or “The only place a prophet is not honored is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +MAT 13 57 sq8j τῇ πατρίδι 1 his hometown See how you translated **hometown** in [4:2](../04/02.md). +MAT 13 57 w4x8 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his own family Jesus uses the phrase **in his house** to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, and siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 13 58 e2cp grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς, διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν 1 he did not do many miracles there If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since they did not believe, Jesus did not do many miracles in that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n MAT 14 intro g5mc 0 # Matthew 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Verses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see [4:12](../mat/04/12.md)). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Passive voice

Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter ([14:11](../mat/14/11.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 14 1 zl7x figs-events 0 General Information: These verses explain Herod’s reaction when he heard about Jesus. This event happens some time after the events that follow in the narrative. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) MAT 14 1 q8h5 ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 At that time Alternate translation: “In those days” or “While Jesus was ministering in Galilee” From 6de16db688e3bd5f7be2f28eccad034bb5352354 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Thu, 22 Sep 2022 12:11:32 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 36/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 17 ++++++++--------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 6bfd374bb4..7259363efb 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -855,24 +855,23 @@ MAT 13 1 vx5y writing-newevent ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ 1 On that MAT 13 1 cy1t writing-background ἐξελθὼν ὁ Ἰησοῦς τῆς οἰκίας, ἐκάθητο παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 having gone out of the house Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus went out of the house and was sitting by the sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MAT 13 2 d16z figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν πρὸς αὐτὸν ὄχλοι πολλοί 1 so that, having stepped into a boat, he sat down If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Many crowds gathered around him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 13 2 d0v5 grammar-collectivenouns ὁ ὄχλος 1 The word crowd is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “a group of people” or “many people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) -MAT 13 3 o5f9 figs-parables ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς 1 Jesus teaches the crowd about what happens when different people hear his teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) +MAT 13 3 o5f9 figs-parables ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς 1 Jesus teaches the crowd a parable about what happens when different people hear his teaching. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) MAT 13 3 f5mv writing-quotations ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγων 1 And he spoke many things to them in parables Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he said many things to them in parables, and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) -MAT 13 4 qr2d figs-explicit καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν, ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 devoured them Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from animals that eat seeds. The seeds on path did not have a chance to be hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As he was scattering the seeds, some of them fell unprotected from animals onto the path. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 4 qr2d figs-explicit καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν, ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 devoured them Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from animals that eat seeds. The seeds on path did not have a chance to be hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As he was scattering the seeds, some of them fell onto the path where they were unprotected from animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 13 4 v7r8 figs-ellipsis ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν 1 beside the road Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “some seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 13 5 ql87 figs-ellipsis καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν 1 And immediately they sprang up In this verse and in the verses following, the word **others** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 13 6 qq5x figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 they were scorched If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “it scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 13 6 pz44 figs-idiom ἡλίου δὲ ἀνατείλαντος 1 the sun rose is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) The phrase **the sun had risen** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 13 7 ugc9 ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ τὰς ἀκάνθας 1 fell among the thorn plants Alternate translation: “fell where plants with thorns grew” -MAT 13 7 k69q figs-ellipsis ἄλλα 1 See the note on [13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MAT 13 7 vt8z figs-explicit ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά 1 choked them The phrase **the thorns grew up and choked them** might be confusing to come readers. What this means is that the weeds grew much faster than the crops which the sower planted, and so they did not allow the crops to grow. If this would be confusing to your readers, you can state this explicitly with an example from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 7 k69q figs-ellipsis ἄλλα 1 See the note on **others** in [13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 13 7 vt8z figs-explicit ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά 1 choked them The phrase **the thorns grew up and choked them** might be confusing to come readers. What this means is that the weeds grew much faster than the crops which the sower planted did, and so they did not allow the crops to grow. If this would be confusing to your readers, you can state this explicitly with an example from your culture. Alternate translation: “the thorns grew much faster and overwhelmed the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 13 8 iwv2 figs-ellipsis ἄλλα 1 produced fruit See the note in [13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MAT 13 8 e91e figs-ellipsis ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some one 100 times as much, and some 60, and some 30 The amount of grain produced by each plant is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 100 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 30 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MAT 13 9 q2e2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear See the note in [4:2](../04/02.md)\n(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +MAT 13 8 e91e figs-ellipsis ὃ μὲν ἑκατὸν, ὃ δὲ ἑξήκοντα, ὃ δὲ τριάκοντα 1 some one 100 times as much, and some 60, and some 30 The amount of grain each plant produced is being compared to the single seed from which it grew. Ellipsis is used here to shorten the phrases but they can be written out. Alternate translation: “Some plants bore 100 times as much grain, some produced 60 times as much grain, and some produced 30 times as much grain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 13 9 q2e2 figs-metonymy ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear See the note in [11:15](../11/15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n MAT 13 9 gkv1 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one having ears, let him hear Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n MAT 13 11 fc5n figs-activepassive ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 13 11 xq2v figs-explicit ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but to those it has not been given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 13 11 xq2v figs-ellipsis ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but to those it has not been given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 13 11 rcd3 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 To you has been given to understand The word **you** is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -MAT 13 11 ah6u figs-metonymy τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated this in [4:2](../04/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +MAT 13 11 ah6u figs-metonymy τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n MAT 13 12 x34s writing-proverbs ὅστις γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται; ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 This proverb draws a figurative comparison: Jesus talks about understanding as if it were a physical item which could either be given or taken away. He is saying that whoever is able to understand, God will allow them to understand even more. But whoever does not understand, he will take away even whatever little understanding they have. Alternate translation: “For whoever has understanding, God will give to that person even more understanding, and it will be plenty. But whoever does not have understanding, God will take away what understanding they do have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] MAT 13 12 j3rl ὅστις…ὅστις 1 whoever has The word **whoever** is referring to people in general, and not to any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person … if a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MAT 13 12 v61y figs-activepassive δοθήσεται…ἀρθήσεται 1 it will be given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will give … God will take it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) From ddee2cf540b6ecf2413d651845fe3745fc953f2e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Fri, 23 Sep 2022 11:06:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 37/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 29 ++++++++++++----------------- 1 file changed, 12 insertions(+), 17 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 7259363efb..69dba24dd9 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -859,8 +859,8 @@ MAT 13 3 o5f9 figs-parables ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν MAT 13 3 f5mv writing-quotations ἐλάλησεν αὐτοῖς πολλὰ ἐν παραβολαῖς λέγων 1 And he spoke many things to them in parables Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “he said many things to them in parables, and this is what he said:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) MAT 13 4 qr2d figs-explicit καὶ ἐν τῷ σπείρειν αὐτὸν, ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν 1 devoured them Many cultures, when they plant seeds, bury them after planting them to protect them from animals that eat seeds. The seeds on path did not have a chance to be hidden from the birds, so they ate them. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “As he was scattering the seeds, some of them fell onto the path where they were unprotected from animals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 13 4 v7r8 figs-ellipsis ἃ μὲν ἔπεσεν 1 beside the road Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “some seeds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MAT 13 5 ql87 figs-ellipsis καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν 1 And immediately they sprang up In this verse and in the verses following, the word **others** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MAT 13 6 qq5x figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 they were scorched If it would be more natural in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “it scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 13 5 ql87 figs-ellipsis καὶ εὐθέως ἐξανέτειλεν 1 And immediately they sprang up In this verse and in the following verses, the word **others** is referring to seeds that fell in different areas as the sower was planting. If this would be misunderstood, see the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 13 6 qq5x figs-activepassive ἐκαυματίσθη 1 they were scorched If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “it scorched the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 13 6 pz44 figs-idiom ἡλίου δὲ ἀνατείλαντος 1 the sun rose is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) The phrase **the sun had risen** is an idiom which means when the sun got to its highest and hottest point in the sky. If this would be misunderstood, you state it explicitly. Alternate translation: “when the hottest time of the day came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 13 7 k69q figs-ellipsis ἄλλα 1 See the note on **others** in [13:5](../13/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 13 7 vt8z figs-explicit ἀνέβησαν αἱ ἄκανθαι καὶ ἀπέπνιξαν αὐτά 1 choked them The phrase **the thorns grew up and choked them** might be confusing to come readers. What this means is that the weeds grew much faster than the crops which the sower planted did, and so they did not allow the crops to grow. If this would be confusing to your readers, you can state this explicitly with an example from your culture. Alternate translation: “the thorns grew much faster and overwhelmed the plants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -871,30 +871,25 @@ MAT 13 9 gkv1 figs-123person ὁ ἔχων ὦτα, ἀκουέτω 1 The one ha MAT 13 11 fc5n figs-activepassive ὑμῖν δέδοται γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν, ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God has given to you to understand mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but God has not given it to these people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 13 11 xq2v figs-ellipsis ἐκείνοις δὲ οὐ δέδοται 1 To you has been given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens, but to those it has not been given Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “but to those it has not been given to know the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 13 11 rcd3 figs-you ὑμῖν 1 To you has been given to understand The word **you** is plural here and refers to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -MAT 13 11 ah6u figs-metonymy τῆς Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n -MAT 13 12 x34s writing-proverbs ὅστις γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται; ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 This proverb draws a figurative comparison: Jesus talks about understanding as if it were a physical item which could either be given or taken away. He is saying that whoever is able to understand, God will allow them to understand even more. But whoever does not understand, he will take away even whatever little understanding they have. Alternate translation: “For whoever has understanding, God will give to that person even more understanding, and it will be plenty. But whoever does not have understanding, God will take away what understanding they do have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] +MAT 13 11 ah6u figs-metonymy Βασιλείας τῶν Οὐρανῶν 1 the mysteries of the kingdom of the heavens See how you translated this in [3:2](../03/02.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n +MAT 13 12 x34s writing-proverbs ὅστις γὰρ ἔχει, δοθήσεται αὐτῷ καὶ περισσευθήσεται; ὅστις δὲ οὐκ ἔχει, καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 This proverb draws a figurative comparison: Jesus talks about understanding as if it were a physical item which could either be given or taken away. He is saying that whoever is able to understand, God will allow them to understand even more. But whoever does not understand, he will take away even whatever little understanding they have. Alternate translation: “For whoever understands, God will allow that person to understand even more, and it will be plenty. But whoever does not have understanding, God will take away what understanding they do have” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]] MAT 13 12 j3rl ὅστις…ὅστις 1 whoever has The word **whoever** is referring to people in general, and not to any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “if a person … if a person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) MAT 13 12 v61y figs-activepassive δοθήσεται…ἀρθήσεται 1 it will be given If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Jesus implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God will give … God will take it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 13 12 xsr5 ὅστις…οὐκ ἔχει 2 whoever does not have Alternate translation: “whoever does not have understanding” or “whoever does not receive what I teach” -MAT 13 12 bl5s figs-activepassive καὶ ὃ ἔχει ἀρθήσεται ἀπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 even what he has will be taken away from him If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will take away even what he has” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 13 13 v6pb figs-metaphor αὐτοῖς…οὐ βλέπουσιν…οὐκ ἀκούουσιν 1 to them … they do not see … they do not hear The words **see** and **hear** are metaphors for being spiritually blind and deaf. This means that these people did not understand. If your readers would not understand what they mean in this context, you could use equivalent metaphors from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “When they see my works, they will not know why I am doing them, and when they hear my message, they will not know what it means” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n MAT 13 14 jz9n figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἀναπληροῦται αὐτοῖς ἡ προφητεία Ἠσαΐου ἡ λέγουσα ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 And to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled, which says Matthew is quoting Jesus, and Jesus is quoting the prophet Isaiah. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “to them the prophecy of Isaiah is being fulfilled which says that though they hear, they will not understand, and though they see, they will not perceive” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes) MAT 13 14 a1im figs-metaphor ἀκοῇ ἀκούσετε καὶ οὐ μὴ συνῆτε; καὶ βλέποντες βλέψετε καὶ οὐ μὴ ἴδητε 1 In hearing you will hear, but you may certainly not understand See how you translated the words **see** and **hear** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 13 15 tfl1 figs-metonymy ἡ καρδία τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου…καὶ τῇ καρδίᾳ συνῶσιν 1 Here, the word **heart** is used figuratively to refer to a persons mind or inner intentions. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “something he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 13 15 lu8u figs-metaphor καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν βαρέως ἤκουσαν, καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτῶν ἐκάμμυσαν; μήποτε ἴδωσιν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς, καὶ τοῖς ὠσὶν ἀκούσωσιν 1 For the heart of this people has become dull, and their ears heard with difficulty, and they closed their eyes, lest they might see with their eyes, and might hear with their ears, and might understand with their hearts, and they might turn back, and I will heal them See how you translated the words **see** and **hear** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “and they were like those who have difficulty hearing because they did not understand what was said, and it was as if they closed their eyes because they did not understand what they saw. Lest they might understand what they see with their eyes or what they hear with their ears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 13 15 ps56 ἐπιστρέψωσιν 1 they might turn back The phrase **they might turn back** is figurative, referring to someone who repents of their sins and asks God for forgiveness. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they might repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 13 15 q1h9 figs-metaphor ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 I will heal them The phrase **I will heal them** is figurative, meaning that he will forgive them for the sins that they have confessed. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “I will forgive them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 13 16 glp8 figs-synecdoche ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν 1 But blessed are your eyes, for they see Here, **eyes** and **ears** are referring to the disciples ability to understand what Jesus is saying and doing. These words refer to the ability to understand what a person sees and hears. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because you understand what you see with your eyes and what you hear with your ears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAT 13 15 q1h9 figs-metaphor ἰάσομαι αὐτούς 1 I will heal them The phrase **I will heal them** is figurative, meaning that he will forgive them for the sins that they have confessed. If your readers would not understand what it means, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “I will forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 13 16 glp8 figs-synecdoche ὑμῶν δὲ μακάριοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ὅτι βλέπουσιν καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 But blessed are your eyes, for they see Here, **see** and **hear** are referring to the disciples ability to understand what Jesus is saying and doing. These words refer to the ability to understand what a person sees and hears. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “You are blessed because you understand what you see with your eyes and what you hear with your ears” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAT 13 16 rlt3 figs-you ὑμῶν…ὑμῶν 1 your … your Both occurrences of **your** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 13 16 xczh figs-ellipsis καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν ὅτι ἀκούουσιν 1 your ears, for they hear Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and blessed are your ears, for they hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 13 17 bsj7 figs-you ὑμῖν…βλέπετε…ἀκούετε 1 to you … you see … you hear All occurrences of **you** are plural and refer to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 13 17 e6ci figs-explicit ἃ βλέπετε 1 the things you see The phrase **the things you see** is referring to the healings and miracles which Jesus did. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the miracles you have seen me do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 17 lslf figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings **did not see** these things. Alternate translation: “but could not see them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 17 q14w figs-explicit ἃ ἀκούετε 1 the things you hear The phrase what you hear probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 17 alkk figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ ἤκουσαν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings did not hear these things. Alternate translation: “but could not hear them because they lived before this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 13 18 w35t figs-parables 0 Connecting Statement: Jesus is not retelling the parable again, but is now explaining it to the disciples. Make sure this is clear to your audience. See the note in the chapter introduction for more information about this parable. Alternate translation: “Therefore, hear me explain the parable of the one who sowed the seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) +MAT 13 17 lslf figs-explicit καὶ οὐκ εἶδαν 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why the prophets and kings **did not see** these things. Alternate translation: “but could not see them because they lived before my time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 17 q14w figs-explicit ἃ ἀκούετε 1 the things you hear The phrase what you hear probably refers to the teachings of Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the things that you have heard me teach” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 13 18 w35t figs-parables ὑμεῖς οὖν ἀκούσατε τὴν παραβολὴν τοῦ σπείραντος 1 Connecting Statement: Jesus is not retelling the parable again, but is now explaining it to the disciples. Make sure this is clear to your audience. See the note in the chapter introduction for more information about this parable. Alternate translation: “Therefore, hear me explain the parable of the one who sowed the seed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parables]]) MAT 13 19 v2d7 figs-genericnoun παντὸς ἀκούοντος 1 the word of the kingdom Jesus is speaking of people in general, and not about any specific person. If your readers would misunderstand this, use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “people who hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) \n -MAT 13 19 suhi figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Jesus refers figuratively to bread, one common food, to mean food in general. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) The phrase **the word** is referring to the entire message about the **kingdom**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAT 13 19 suhi figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Jesus refers figuratively to bread, one common food, to mean food in general. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the food we need that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) The phrase **the word** is referring to the entire message about **the kingdom**. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message of the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAT 13 19 het1 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τῆς βασιλείας 1 Here the word **kingdom** is figuratively referring to how God is making people his people to rule over them. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the message about how God is making people his people to rule over them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 13 19 uo3l figs-ellipsis τῆς βασιλείας 1 Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “the kingdom of the heavens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 13 19 a8nu figs-metaphor ἔρχεται ὁ πονηρὸς καὶ ἁρπάζει τὸ ἐσπαρμένον ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 the evil one comes and snatches away what has been sown in his heart Jesus is speaking figuratively about Satan as if he were a bird who **snatches away** seeds. God's message is spoken of as if it **has been sown** in a person's heart. If your readers would not understand what it means to be shipwrecked in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “the evil one comes and takes away their understanding of God's message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -909,9 +904,9 @@ MAT 13 20 w4f9 figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον 1 Now that sown on rocky groun MAT 13 20 cl6g figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word Here, **the word** represents God’s message. Alternate translation: “the message” or “God’s teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 13 20 z76f figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ τὸν λόγον ἀκούων καὶ εὐθὺς μετὰ χαρᾶς λαμβάνων αὐτόν 1 receiving it with joy Jesus is speaking figuratively, speaking about believing as if they were **recieving** God's message. If your readers would not understand what **receiving** means in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “this seed is like the person who quickly receives God's message with joy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 13 21 zg9q figs-idiom οὐκ ἔχει δὲ ῥίζαν ἐν ἑαυτῷ, ἀλλὰ πρόσκαιρός ἐστιν 1 But he has no root in himself, but is temporary The expression **but he has no root in himself, but is temporary** figuratively means that the plant does not have deep enough roots to stay alive. Alternate translation: “but he does not have deep roots to stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 13 21 ixil grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **but** is in contrast to what precedes it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “But rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +MAT 13 21 ixil grammar-connect-logic-contrast ἀλλὰ 1 What follows the word **but** is in contrast to what precedes it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. Alternate translation: “but rather” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) MAT 13 21 lxuy figs-abstractnouns γενομένης δὲ θλίψεως ἢ διωγμοῦ διὰ τὸν λόγον 1 If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **tribulation** and **persecution**, you could express the same idea with a verbal form. Alternate translation: “people afflicted and persecuted them because of the word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -MAT 13 21 xv50 figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον 1 See how you translated the word **word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAT 13 21 xv50 figs-synecdoche τὸν λόγον 1 See how you translated **word** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAT 13 21 lim9 figs-metaphor εὐθὺς σκανδαλίζεται 1 immediately he is caused to stumble The expression **to stumble** figuratively means that he no longer believes God's message. Alternate translation: “immediately he stops believing God's message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])   MAT 13 22 d4h5 figs-explicit ὁ…σπαρείς 1 that which has been sown Here, Jesus is talking about the story of seed which was **sown** among the thorns, If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the seed having been sown” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 13 22 rcj8 ὁ δὲ εἰς τὰς ἀκάνθας σπαρείς 1 Now that which has been sown among the thorn plants See how you translated **thorns** in [13:7](../13/07.md) From 80f400ee678e58678b33fbccfd161cb42f5d32ad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Tue, 27 Sep 2022 11:04:08 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 38/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 26 +++++++++++--------------- 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 15 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 69dba24dd9..48d8cc860d 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1016,21 +1016,17 @@ MAT 13 57 sq8j τῇ πατρίδι 1 his hometown See how you translated **ho MAT 13 57 w4x8 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his own family Jesus uses the phrase **in his house** to refer to his closest relatives, like his father, mother, or siblings. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “among his closest family members” or “by his father, mother, and siblings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 13 58 e2cp grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς, διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν 1 he did not do many miracles there If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since they did not believe, Jesus did not do many miracles in that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n MAT 14 intro g5mc 0 # Matthew 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Verses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see [4:12](../mat/04/12.md)). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Passive voice

Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter ([14:11](../mat/14/11.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 14 1 zl7x figs-events 0 General Information: These verses explain Herod’s reaction when he heard about Jesus. This event happens some time after the events that follow in the narrative. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) -MAT 14 1 q8h5 ἐν ἐκείνῳ τῷ καιρῷ 1 At that time Alternate translation: “In those days” or “While Jesus was ministering in Galilee” -MAT 14 2 pd1b εἶπεν 1 he said Alternate translation: “Herod said” -MAT 14 2 nx7x ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 has been raised from the dead The words **from the dead** speak of all dead people together in the underworld. To rise from the dead speaks of coming alive again. -MAT 14 2 vve7 διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 because of this, miraculous powers are at work in him Some Jews at that time believed if a person came back from the dead he would have **powers** to do mighty things. -MAT 14 3 zgp9 figs-events 0 Connecting Statement: Here the author begins to tell about how Herod had executed John the Baptist. These events occur some time before the event in the previous verses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) -MAT 14 3 d3gp figs-events 0 For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.” If needed, you can present the events of 14:3-4 in the order that they happened, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) -MAT 14 3 h466 figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 For Herod, having arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison It says that **Herod** did these things because he ordered others to do them for him. Alternate translation: “Herod ordered his soldiers to arrest and bind John the Baptist and put him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 14 3 lr92 translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου 1 the wife of Philip **Philip** was Herod’s brother. Herod had taken Philip’s wife to be his own **wife**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MAT 14 4 n1t6 figs-quotations ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 1 For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.” This direct quotation can be expressed as an indirect quote, if needed. Alternate translation: “For John had said to Herod that it was not lawful for Herod to have Herodias as his wife.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -MAT 14 4 r8lh ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης 1 For John was saying to him Alternate translation: “For John had kept saying to Herod” -MAT 14 4 nb2j figs-explicit οὐκ ἔξεστίν 1 It is not lawful Philip was still alive when Herod married Herodias. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 14 5 hg9f ἐφοβήθη 1 he feared Alternate translation: “Herod feared” -MAT 14 5 w7uv αὐτὸν εἶχον 1 they regarded him Alternate translation: “they regarded John” -MAT 14 6 fvs5 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ μέσῳ 1 in the midst You can make explicit the implicit information. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 14 2 pd1b figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ, οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστής; αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 he said If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And he said to his servants that this is John the Baptist, and that he has been raised from the dead. Because of this, great powers are working in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n +MAT 14 2 nx7x figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 has been raised from the dead If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 14 2 vve7 figs-personification διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 because of this, miraculous powers are at work in him Jesus speaks of **the miraculous powers** figuratively as if it were a living thing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is why God has given him great power to do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +MAT 14 3 zgp9 writing-background γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: From here until [14:12](../14/12.md), Jesus gives the reader background information explaining why Herod said that John was raised from the dead. He is explaining how John died. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “For John died in this way:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MAT 14 3 zsvz grammar-connect-logic-result For Herod, having arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison because of Herodias, the wife of Philip, his brother 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of Herodias, Herod's brother's wife, John was arrested, bound, and thrown into prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +MAT 14 3 d3gp grammar-connect-time-sequential ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.” The events described by **arrested**, **bound** and **put in prison** happened in that order. Make sure this is understandable to your audience. Alternate translation: “For Herod first arrested him. Then he bound him and then threw him and prison” +MAT 14 3 h466 figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 For Herod, having arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison Jesus is using the term **Herod** figuratively to mean the soldiers who work for him. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John, bind him, and throw him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 14 3 lr92 translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου 1 the wife of Philip **Philip** was Herod’s brother, and the name of a man. Herod had taken Philip’s wife to be his own **wife**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MAT 14 4 n1t6 figs-quotations ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 1 For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.” If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For John was saying that it was not lawful for him to have her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MAT 14 6 fvs5 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ μέσῳ 1 in the midst If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express who she was dancing **in the midst** of explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 14 6 vdik translate-unknown 1 MAT 14 8 rhk5 figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς 1 But having being urged beforehand by her mother If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But after her mother instructed her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 14 8 wi8s ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα 1 But having being urged beforehand Alternate translation: “But having been coached beforehand” MAT 14 8 ya5z φησίν 1 she said Alternate translation: “the daughter of Herodias said to Herod” From 80edd62b58c88381cfa86077964f571d3693cf73 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 28 Sep 2022 13:28:13 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 39/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 38 +++++++++++++------------------------- 1 file changed, 13 insertions(+), 25 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 48d8cc860d..55d89d810a 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1023,34 +1023,22 @@ MAT 14 3 zgp9 writing-background γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: From here until MAT 14 3 zsvz grammar-connect-logic-result For Herod, having arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison because of Herodias, the wife of Philip, his brother 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of Herodias, Herod's brother's wife, John was arrested, bound, and thrown into prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) MAT 14 3 d3gp grammar-connect-time-sequential ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.” The events described by **arrested**, **bound** and **put in prison** happened in that order. Make sure this is understandable to your audience. Alternate translation: “For Herod first arrested him. Then he bound him and then threw him and prison” MAT 14 3 h466 figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 For Herod, having arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison Jesus is using the term **Herod** figuratively to mean the soldiers who work for him. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John, bind him, and throw him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 14 3 lr92 translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου 1 the wife of Philip **Philip** was Herod’s brother, and the name of a man. Herod had taken Philip’s wife to be his own **wife**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +MAT 14 3 lr92 translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου 1 the wife of Philip **Philip** was Herod’s brother, and the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MAT 14 4 n1t6 figs-quotations ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 1 For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.” If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For John was saying that it was not lawful for him to have her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MAT 14 6 fvs5 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ μέσῳ 1 in the midst If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express who she was dancing **in the midst** of explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 14 6 vdik translate-unknown 1 -MAT 14 8 rhk5 figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς 1 But having being urged beforehand by her mother If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “But after her mother instructed her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 14 8 wi8s ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα 1 But having being urged beforehand Alternate translation: “But having been coached beforehand” -MAT 14 8 ya5z φησίν 1 she said Alternate translation: “the daughter of Herodias said to Herod” -MAT 14 8 ruy4 πίνακι 1 a platter A **platter** is a very large plate used for serving food. -MAT 14 9 s8zp figs-activepassive καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς 1 And the king, having been grieved If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “And although her request made the king very upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 14 9 a1er ὁ βασιλεὺς 1 The king Alternate translation: “King Herod” -MAT 14 9 j6nu figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι 1 commanded it to be granted to her If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “ordered his men to do what she said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 14 6 vdik translate-unknown γενεσίοις δὲ γενομένοις τοῦ Ἡρῴδου 1 In some cultures, people celebrate the day that someone was born. If your readers would not understand the word **birthday**, you can state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “And they were celebrating Herod's birthday” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 14 8 rhk5 figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς 1 But having being urged beforehand by her mother If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now her mother urged her beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 14 8 ruy4 translate-unknown πίνακι 1 a platter If your readers would not understand the word **platter**, you can state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “a large plate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 14 9 s8zp figs-activepassive καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς 1 And the king, having been grieved If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The king grieved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 14 9 j6nu figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι 1 commanded it to be granted to her If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Herod” did it. Alternate translation: “Herod commanded that it be given too her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 14 11 nd5r figs-activepassive ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ 1 his head was brought on a platter and given to the girl If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 14 11 pba6 πίνακι 1 a platter A **platter** is a very large plate used for serving food. See how you translated this in verse [8](../14/08.md). -MAT 14 11 lqb6 τῷ κορασίῳ 1 to the girl Translate **girl** with the word for a young, unmarried girl. -MAT 14 12 fl47 οἱ μαθηταὶ αὐτοῦ 1 his disciples Alternate translation: “the disciples of John” -MAT 14 12 ni1q τὸ πτῶμα 1 the corpse Alternate translation: “the dead body” -MAT 14 12 mq89 figs-explicit ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 having come, they reported it to Jesus The full meaning of this statement can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 14 13 id97 writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 13-14 give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding five thousand people in verses [15-21](..\\14\\15.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MAT 14 13 ds5w δὲ 1 Now The word **Now** is used here to mark a break in the main story line. Here Matthew starts to tell a new part of the story. -MAT 14 13 dvq4 ἀκούσας 1 having heard this Alternate translation: “having heard what happened to John” or “having heard the news about John” -MAT 14 13 ia39 figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν 1 Jesus withdrew It is implied that Jesus’ disciples went with him. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples left” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 14 13 zlh8 ἐκεῖθεν 1 from there Alternate translation: “from that place” -MAT 14 13 i7uu καὶ ἀκούσαντες, οἱ ὄχλοι 1 And having heard of it, the crowds Alternate translation: “And when the crowds heard where Jesus had gone, they” or “And when the crowds heard that he had left, they” -MAT 14 13 u6nr οἱ ὄχλοι 1 the crowds Alternate translation: “the crowds of people” or “the huge group of people” or “the people” -MAT 14 13 ipm9 figs-idiom πεζῇ 1 on foot Here, **on foot** means that the people in the crowd were walking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 14 14 d8n3 καὶ ἐξελθὼν 1 And having come out Alternate translation: “And when Jesus came ashore” -MAT 14 15 gcu9 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus feeding five thousand people with only five small loaves of bread and two small fish. -MAT 14 15 xa7n προσῆλθον αὐτῷ οἱ μαθηταὶ 1 the disciples came to him Alternate translation: “Jesus’ disciples came to him” +MAT 14 11 pba6 πίνακι 1 a platter See how you translated **platter** in verse [14:8](../14/08.md). +MAT 14 12 mq89 figs-explicit ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 having come, they reported it to Jesus If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 14 13 id97 writing-background ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 General Information: Here, Matthew is providing the reader with background information for what Jesus is about to do. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “After hearing about this, Jesus was going away from there in a boat to a desert place by himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MAT 14 13 ia39 figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν 1 Jesus withdrew Matthew implies here that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 14 13 ipm9 figs-idiom πεζῇ 1 on foot Here, **on foot** is an idiom meaning “walked.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “walking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 14 14 d8n3 καὶ ἐξελθὼν 1 And having come out Alternate translation: “And when Jesus got off the boat” +MAT 14 15 otp3 figs-idiom ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν 1 This phrase means it was late in the day. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “it is already late in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 14 16 qwk1 οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν 1 They have no need Alternate translation: “It is not necessary for the people in the crowd” MAT 14 16 r5gd figs-you δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς 1 You give them The word **You** is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 14 17 tm5t οἱ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 But they say to him Alternate translation: “But the disciples said to Jesus” From 51f0ce6e3dea744f72a7c7489ca36e93ce24f30e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 28 Sep 2022 13:51:43 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 40/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 5 +---- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 55d89d810a..b8284b5383 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1039,11 +1039,8 @@ MAT 14 13 ia39 figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν 1 Jesus wi MAT 14 13 ipm9 figs-idiom πεζῇ 1 on foot Here, **on foot** is an idiom meaning “walked.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “walking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 14 14 d8n3 καὶ ἐξελθὼν 1 And having come out Alternate translation: “And when Jesus got off the boat” MAT 14 15 otp3 figs-idiom ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν 1 This phrase means it was late in the day. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “it is already late in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 14 16 qwk1 οὐ χρείαν ἔχουσιν 1 They have no need Alternate translation: “It is not necessary for the people in the crowd” MAT 14 16 r5gd figs-you δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς 1 You give them The word **You** is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -MAT 14 17 tm5t οἱ δὲ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ 1 But they say to him Alternate translation: “But the disciples said to Jesus” -MAT 14 17 ih48 πέντε ἄρτους 1 five loaves A loaf of bread is a lump of dough that is shaped and baked. -MAT 14 18 szx6 φέρετέ μοι ὧδε αὐτούς 1 Bring them here to me Alternate translation: “Bring the loaves and fish to me” +MAT 14 17 ih48 grammar-connect-exceptions πέντε ἄρτους 1 five loaves If it would appear in your language that the disciples are making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “we only have five loaves and two fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])\n MAT 14 19 vp7r ἀνακλιθῆναι 1 to recline Use the verb for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat. Alternate translation: “lie down” or “sit down” MAT 14 19 u613 figs-idiom λαβὼν 1 he took This does not mean that he stole them. Alternate translation: “he held in his hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 14 19 i34u κλάσας, ἔδωκεν…τοὺς ἄρτους 1 having broken it, he gave the loaves Alternate translation: “after tearing the loaves into pieces, he gave them” From c03efbb95df2b583c44e2fa8bd6eab74c321d9fa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 28 Sep 2022 14:29:30 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 41/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 12 ++++-------- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 8 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index b8284b5383..1989d27120 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1041,14 +1041,10 @@ MAT 14 14 d8n3 καὶ ἐξελθὼν 1 And having come out Alternate transla MAT 14 15 otp3 figs-idiom ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν 1 This phrase means it was late in the day. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “it is already late in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 14 16 r5gd figs-you δότε αὐτοῖς ὑμεῖς 1 You give them The word **You** is plural, referring to the disciples. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) MAT 14 17 ih48 grammar-connect-exceptions πέντε ἄρτους 1 five loaves If it would appear in your language that the disciples are making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “we only have five loaves and two fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]])\n -MAT 14 19 vp7r ἀνακλιθῆναι 1 to recline Use the verb for the position people in your culture usually are in when they eat. Alternate translation: “lie down” or “sit down” -MAT 14 19 u613 figs-idiom λαβὼν 1 he took This does not mean that he stole them. Alternate translation: “he held in his hands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 14 19 i34u κλάσας, ἔδωκεν…τοὺς ἄρτους 1 having broken it, he gave the loaves Alternate translation: “after tearing the loaves into pieces, he gave them” -MAT 14 19 bf1a τοὺς ἄρτους 1 the loaves Alternate translation: “the pieces of the loaves of bread” -MAT 14 19 t7ei ἀναβλέψας 1 Having looked up This could refer to: (1) while they were looking up. (2) after they looked up. -MAT 14 20 l2h8 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 and were filled If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until they were full” or “until they were no longer hungry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 14 20 p73g ἦραν 1 they took up Alternate translation: “the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up” -MAT 14 21 wv59 οἱ δὲ ἐσθίοντες 1 Now those eating Alternate translation: “Now those who ate the bread and the fish” +MAT 14 19 i34u translate-symaction ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 having broken it, he gave the loaves Here, **looked up to heaven** is symbolic for praying that God would provide enough food for the crowd. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +MAT 14 19 bf1a figs-ellipsis εὐλόγησεν καὶ κλάσας 1 the loaves Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he blessed them, and having broken the food into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 14 19 t7ei figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 Having looked up Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples gave the loaves to the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 14 20 l2h8 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 and were filled If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until they were full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 14 21 als7 translate-numbers ἄνδρες…πεντακισχίλιοι 1 5,000 men Alternate translation: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MAT 14 22 yp8l 0 General Information: Verses 22-24 give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform of walking on water. MAT 14 22 wt1t καὶ εὐθέως ἠνάγκασεν 1 And immediately he made Alternate translation: “And as soon as Jesus had finished feeding all the people, he made” From fde1da984b2d60ac778a4fbfbe2018403be79b64 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 28 Sep 2022 15:48:48 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 42/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 12 ++++++------ 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 6 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 1989d27120..1d99a1cac9 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1017,12 +1017,12 @@ MAT 13 57 w4x8 figs-metonymy ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ αὐτοῦ 1 in his own MAT 13 58 e2cp grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ οὐκ ἐποίησεν ἐκεῖ δυνάμεις πολλὰς, διὰ τὴν ἀπιστίαν αὐτῶν 1 he did not do many miracles there If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Since they did not believe, Jesus did not do many miracles in that place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]])\n MAT 14 intro g5mc 0 # Matthew 14 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Verses 1 and 2 continue the account from chapter 13. Verses 3-12 stop the account and speak of things that happened earlier, possibly soon after Satan tempted Jesus (see [4:12](../mat/04/12.md)). Verse 13 continues the account from verse 2. Be sure to have words in verses 3-12 that tell the reader that Matthew has stopped his account to give new information before he continues. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]])

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Passive voice

Many sentences in this chapter tell that a person had something happen to him without saying who caused that something to happen. For example, the writer does not tell who brought John’s head to Herodias’s daughter ([14:11](../mat/14/11.md)). You may have to translate the sentence so that it tells the reader who performed the action. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 14 2 pd1b figs-quotesinquotes καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς παισὶν αὐτοῦ, οὗτός ἐστιν Ἰωάννης ὁ Βαπτιστής; αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 he said If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “And he said to his servants that this is John the Baptist, and that he has been raised from the dead. Because of this, great powers are working in him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]])\n -MAT 14 2 nx7x figs-activepassive ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 has been raised from the dead If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 14 2 nx7x figs-activepassive αὐτὸς ἠγέρθη ἀπὸ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 has been raised from the dead If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God raised him from the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 14 2 vve7 figs-personification διὰ τοῦτο αἱ δυνάμεις ἐνεργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτῷ 1 because of this, miraculous powers are at work in him Jesus speaks of **the miraculous powers** figuratively as if it were a living thing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “This is why God has given him great power to do miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) MAT 14 3 zgp9 writing-background γὰρ 1 Connecting Statement: From here until [14:12](../14/12.md), Jesus gives the reader background information explaining why Herod said that John was raised from the dead. He is explaining how John died. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “For John died in this way:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MAT 14 3 zsvz grammar-connect-logic-result For Herod, having arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison because of Herodias, the wife of Philip, his brother 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of Herodias, Herod's brother's wife, John was arrested, bound, and thrown into prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +MAT 14 3 zsvz grammar-connect-logic-result ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 If it would be more natural in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases, since the second phrase gives the reason for the result that the first phrase describes. Alternate translation: “Because of Herodias, Herod's brother's wife, John was arrested, bound, and thrown into prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) MAT 14 3 d3gp grammar-connect-time-sequential ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.” The events described by **arrested**, **bound** and **put in prison** happened in that order. Make sure this is understandable to your audience. Alternate translation: “For Herod first arrested him. Then he bound him and then threw him and prison” -MAT 14 3 h466 figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 For Herod, having arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison Jesus is using the term **Herod** figuratively to mean the soldiers who work for him. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John, bind him, and throw him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 14 3 h466 figs-metonymy ὁ γὰρ Ἡρῴδης κρατήσας τὸν Ἰωάννην, ἔδησεν αὐτὸν καὶ ἐν φυλακῇ ἀπέθετο 1 For Herod, having arrested John, bound him, and put him in prison Jesus is using the term **Herod** figuratively to mean the soldiers who work for him. If it would be helpful to your reader, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Herod sent his soldiers to arrest John, bind him, and throw him in prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 14 3 lr92 translate-names τὴν γυναῖκα Φιλίππου 1 the wife of Philip **Philip** was Herod’s brother, and the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MAT 14 4 n1t6 figs-quotations ἔλεγεν γὰρ αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰωάννης, οὐκ ἔξεστίν σοι ἔχειν αὐτήν. 1 For John was saying to him, “It is not lawful for you to have her.” If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For John was saying that it was not lawful for him to have her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MAT 14 6 fvs5 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ μέσῳ 1 in the midst If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express who she was dancing **in the midst** of explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the midst of the guests attending the birthday celebration” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) @@ -1030,12 +1030,12 @@ MAT 14 6 vdik translate-unknown γενεσίοις δὲ γενομένοις τ MAT 14 8 rhk5 figs-activepassive ἡ δὲ προβιβασθεῖσα ὑπὸ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτῆς 1 But having being urged beforehand by her mother If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Now her mother urged her beforehand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 14 8 ruy4 translate-unknown πίνακι 1 a platter If your readers would not understand the word **platter**, you can state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “a large plate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 14 9 s8zp figs-activepassive καὶ ἐλυπήθη ὁ βασιλεὺς 1 And the king, having been grieved If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The king grieved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 14 9 j6nu figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι 1 commanded it to be granted to her If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Herod” did it. Alternate translation: “Herod commanded that it be given too her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 14 9 j6nu figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν δοθῆναι 1 commanded it to be granted to her If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Herod” did it. Alternate translation: “Herod commanded that it be given to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 14 11 nd5r figs-activepassive ἠνέχθη ἡ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ πίνακι, καὶ ἐδόθη τῷ κορασίῳ 1 his head was brought on a platter and given to the girl If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone brought his head on a platter and gave it to the girl” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 14 11 pba6 πίνακι 1 a platter See how you translated **platter** in verse [14:8](../14/08.md). MAT 14 12 mq89 figs-explicit ἐλθόντες, ἀπήγγειλαν τῷ Ἰησοῦ 1 having come, they reported it to Jesus If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the disciples of John went and told Jesus what had happened to John the Baptist” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 14 13 id97 writing-background ἀκούσας δὲ, ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν ἐκεῖθεν ἐν πλοίῳ εἰς ἔρημον τόπον κατ’ ἰδίαν 1 General Information: Here, Matthew is providing the reader with background information for what Jesus is about to do. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “After hearing about this, Jesus was going away from there in a boat to a desert place by himself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MAT 14 13 ia39 figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν 1 Jesus withdrew Matthew implies here that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 14 13 ia39 figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς 1 Jesus withdrew Matthew implies here that the disciples were traveling with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 14 13 ipm9 figs-idiom πεζῇ 1 on foot Here, **on foot** is an idiom meaning “walked.” If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “walking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 14 14 d8n3 καὶ ἐξελθὼν 1 And having come out Alternate translation: “And when Jesus got off the boat” MAT 14 15 otp3 figs-idiom ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν 1 This phrase means it was late in the day. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “it is already late in the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) @@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ MAT 14 17 ih48 grammar-connect-exceptions πέντε ἄρτους 1 five loaves MAT 14 19 i34u translate-symaction ἀναβλέψας εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 having broken it, he gave the loaves Here, **looked up to heaven** is symbolic for praying that God would provide enough food for the crowd. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MAT 14 19 bf1a figs-ellipsis εὐλόγησεν καὶ κλάσας 1 the loaves Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “he blessed them, and having broken the food into pieces” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 14 19 t7ei figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 Having looked up Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples gave the loaves to the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MAT 14 20 l2h8 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 and were filled If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “until they were full” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 14 20 l2h8 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 and were filled If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 14 21 als7 translate-numbers ἄνδρες…πεντακισχίλιοι 1 5,000 men Alternate translation: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MAT 14 22 yp8l 0 General Information: Verses 22-24 give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform of walking on water. MAT 14 22 wt1t καὶ εὐθέως ἠνάγκασεν 1 And immediately he made Alternate translation: “And as soon as Jesus had finished feeding all the people, he made” From 8125804a6b43bfc5a5e522b7ad58abbb811d27d8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Fri, 30 Sep 2022 12:04:31 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 43/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 13 ++++--------- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 1d99a1cac9..53bddb3b98 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1046,15 +1046,10 @@ MAT 14 19 bf1a figs-ellipsis εὐλόγησεν καὶ κλάσας 1 the loav MAT 14 19 t7ei figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 Having looked up Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples gave the loaves to the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 14 20 l2h8 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 and were filled If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 14 21 als7 translate-numbers ἄνδρες…πεντακισχίλιοι 1 5,000 men Alternate translation: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -MAT 14 22 yp8l 0 General Information: Verses 22-24 give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform of walking on water. -MAT 14 22 wt1t καὶ εὐθέως ἠνάγκασεν 1 And immediately he made Alternate translation: “And as soon as Jesus had finished feeding all the people, he made” -MAT 14 23 d27u ὀψίας δὲ γενομένης 1 Now evening having come about Alternate translation: “Now late in the evening” or “Now when it became dark” -MAT 14 24 vzd1 ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων 1 was being tossed about by the waves Alternate translation: “and the disciples could not control the boat because of the large waves” -MAT 14 25 pmw8 τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς 1 Now in the fourth watch of the night The fourth watch is between 3 AM and sunrise. Alternate translation: “Now just before dawn” -MAT 14 25 t1vp περιπατῶν ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν 1 walking on the sea Alternate translation: “walking on top of the water” -MAT 14 26 q9qs ἐταράχθησαν 1 were greatly troubled Alternate translation: “were very afraid” -MAT 14 26 h7df φάντασμά 1 a ghost The people of that time believes that a **ghost** was a spirit that has left the body of a person who had died. -MAT 14 28 w2pl ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ αὐτῷ, ὁ Πέτρος εἶπεν 1 but answering him, Peter said Alternate translation: “but Peter answered Jesus and said” +MAT 14 22 yp8l writing-background ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους 1 General Information: Matthew is providing background for the next story about Jesus walking on the water. information Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus was making the disciples to get into the boat to the other side before him while he was sending away the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MAT 14 24 vzd1 writing-background τὸ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος 1 was being tossed about by the waves Matthew provides more information to help the reader understand the follow verses. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The boat was already in the middle of the sea, and was being tossed around by waves because of a strong opposing wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MAT 14 25 pmw8 translate-unknown τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς 1 Now in the fourth watch of the night If your readers would not understand the phrase **fourth watch**, you can state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “some time just before the sun rose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 14 26 h7df figs-quotations λέγοντες, ὅτι φάντασμά 1 a ghost If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he is a ghost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) MAT 14 30 sk3j figs-idiom βλέπων…τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν 1 seeing the strong wind Here, **seeing** the **wind** means he became aware of the wind. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 14 31 bd2v ὀλιγόπιστε, εἰς τί 1 You of little faith, why Jesus addressed Peter this way because Peter became afraid. It can also be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have so little faith! Why” MAT 14 31 ia1d figs-explicit εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? 1 why did you doubt? You can make explicit what Peter doubted. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) From 2c3664041e959e034f6ae30ea16067b10ff72c0a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2022 10:30:54 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 44/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 15 ++++++--------- 1 file changed, 6 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 53bddb3b98..40e8b2e82e 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1050,17 +1050,14 @@ MAT 14 22 yp8l writing-background ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς μαθητὰς MAT 14 24 vzd1 writing-background τὸ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος 1 was being tossed about by the waves Matthew provides more information to help the reader understand the follow verses. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The boat was already in the middle of the sea, and was being tossed around by waves because of a strong opposing wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MAT 14 25 pmw8 translate-unknown τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς 1 Now in the fourth watch of the night If your readers would not understand the phrase **fourth watch**, you can state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “some time just before the sun rose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 14 26 h7df figs-quotations λέγοντες, ὅτι φάντασμά 1 a ghost If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he is a ghost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -MAT 14 30 sk3j figs-idiom βλέπων…τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν 1 seeing the strong wind Here, **seeing** the **wind** means he became aware of the wind. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 14 31 bd2v ὀλιγόπιστε, εἰς τί 1 You of little faith, why Jesus addressed Peter this way because Peter became afraid. It can also be translated as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You have so little faith! Why” -MAT 14 31 ia1d figs-explicit εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? 1 why did you doubt? You can make explicit what Peter doubted. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 14 31 cr9i figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἐδίστασας 1 why did you doubt? Jesus uses a question to tell Peter that he should not have doubted. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “you should not have doubted!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 14 30 sk3j figs-idiom βλέπων…τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν 1 seeing the strong wind Here, **seeing** the **wind** means he became aware of the wind. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 14 31 ia1d figs-explicit εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? 1 why did you doubt? Here, **doubt** is referring to Peter doubting that Jesus could help him from sinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 14 31 cr9i figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? 1 why did you doubt? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly should not have doubted!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 14 33 u8pu guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -MAT 14 34 cv3f καὶ διαπεράσαντες 1 And having crossed over Alternate translation: “And when Jesus and his disciples had crossed over the lake” +MAT 14 34 cv3f figs-explicit καὶ διαπεράσαντες 1 And having crossed over Matthew implies that they **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after crossing over the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 14 34 x9nu translate-names Γεννησαρέτ 1 Gennesaret **Gennesaret** is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MAT 14 35 xd7c ἀπέστειλαν 1 sent Alternate translation: “sent messages” -MAT 14 36 ql3y καὶ παρεκάλουν αὐτὸν 1 And they were begging him Alternate translation: “And the sick people were begging him” -MAT 14 36 x8jv τοῦ ἱματίου αὐτοῦ 1 of his garment Alternate translation: “of his robe” or “of what he was wearing” -MAT 14 36 mw8n figs-activepassive διεσώθησαν 1 were healed If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 14 35 xd7c πάντας 1 sent Here, **all** does not mean every single person, but it means many people who were sick. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to express this. Alternate translation: “many of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +MAT 14 36 mw8n figs-activepassive διεσώθησαν 1 were healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 15 intro i9a5 0 # Matthew 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The “traditions of the elders”

The “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Jews and Gentiles

The Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Sheep

The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 15 1 q6af writing-newevent 0 General Information: The scene shifts to events that occurred some time after events of the previous chapter. Here Jesus responds to the criticisms of the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MAT 15 2 j1b8 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων? 1 Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? The Pharisees and scribes use this question to criticize Jesus and his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your disciples do not respect the rules that our ancestors have given us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) From 769fe2d30064600061a79716f82d87bb600ce6ef Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Mon, 3 Oct 2022 10:47:39 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 45/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 40e8b2e82e..a0e95faae4 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1046,17 +1046,17 @@ MAT 14 19 bf1a figs-ellipsis εὐλόγησεν καὶ κλάσας 1 the loav MAT 14 19 t7ei figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 Having looked up Jesus is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples gave the loaves to the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 14 20 l2h8 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐχορτάσθησαν 1 and were filled If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your languages in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 14 21 als7 translate-numbers ἄνδρες…πεντακισχίλιοι 1 5,000 men Alternate translation: “five thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -MAT 14 22 yp8l writing-background ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους 1 General Information: Matthew is providing background for the next story about Jesus walking on the water. information Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus was making the disciples to get into the boat to the other side before him while he was sending away the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +MAT 14 22 yp8l writing-background ἠνάγκασεν τοὺς μαθητὰς ἐμβῆναι εἰς τὸ πλοῖον, καὶ προάγειν αὐτὸν εἰς τὸ πέραν, ἕως οὗ ἀπολύσῃ τοὺς ὄχλους 1 General Information: Matthew is providing background information for the next story about Jesus walking on the water. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “Jesus was making the disciples to get into the boat to the other side before him while he was sending away the crowds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MAT 14 24 vzd1 writing-background τὸ δὲ πλοῖον ἤδη μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης ἦν βασανιζόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν κυμάτων, ἦν γὰρ ἐναντίος ὁ ἄνεμος 1 was being tossed about by the waves Matthew provides more information to help the reader understand the follow verses. Use the natural form in your language for expressing background information. Alternate translation: “The boat was already in the middle of the sea, and was being tossed around by waves because of a strong opposing wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MAT 14 25 pmw8 translate-unknown τετάρτῃ δὲ φυλακῇ τῆς νυκτὸς 1 Now in the fourth watch of the night If your readers would not understand the phrase **fourth watch**, you can state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “some time just before the sun rose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) MAT 14 26 h7df figs-quotations λέγοντες, ὅτι φάντασμά 1 a ghost If it would be more natural in your language, you could express this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “saying that he is a ghost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) -MAT 14 30 sk3j figs-idiom βλέπων…τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν 1 seeing the strong wind Here, **seeing** the **wind** means he became aware of the wind. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 14 30 sk3j βλέπων…τὸν ἄνεμον ἰσχυρὸν 1 seeing the strong wind Here, **seeing** the **wind** means he "he became afraid" because he became aware of the wind and the large waves that it caused. Alternate translation: “when Peter saw that the wind was tossing the waves back and forth” or “when he realized how strong the wind was” MAT 14 31 ia1d figs-explicit εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? 1 why did you doubt? Here, **doubt** is referring to Peter doubting that Jesus could help him from sinking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “why did you doubt that I could keep you from sinking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 14 31 cr9i figs-rquestion εἰς τί ἐδίστασας? 1 why did you doubt? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “you certainly should not have doubted!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 14 33 u8pu guidelines-sonofgodprinciples Θεοῦ Υἱὸς 1 the Son of God **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus that describes his relationship to God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 14 34 cv3f figs-explicit καὶ διαπεράσαντες 1 And having crossed over Matthew implies that they **crossed over** the Sea of Galilee. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “after crossing over the Sea of Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 14 34 x9nu translate-names Γεννησαρέτ 1 Gennesaret **Gennesaret** is a small town on the northwest shore of the Sea of Galilee. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -MAT 14 35 xd7c πάντας 1 sent Here, **all** does not mean every single person, but it means many people who were sick. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to express this. Alternate translation: “many of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +MAT 14 35 xd7c figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 sent Here, **all** does not mean every single person, but it means many people who were sick. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to express this. Alternate translation: “many of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MAT 14 36 mw8n figs-activepassive διεσώθησαν 1 were healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 15 intro i9a5 0 # Matthew 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The “traditions of the elders”

The “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Jews and Gentiles

The Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Sheep

The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 15 1 q6af writing-newevent 0 General Information: The scene shifts to events that occurred some time after events of the previous chapter. Here Jesus responds to the criticisms of the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) From 0b8a7a7949a8d1d5f750697e0464cb2f19cc82a5 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 5 Oct 2022 15:46:19 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 46/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 36 +++++++++++++++++------------------- 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 19 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index a0e95faae4..f83edc9dee 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1059,25 +1059,23 @@ MAT 14 34 x9nu translate-names Γεννησαρέτ 1 Gennesaret **Gennesaret** MAT 14 35 xd7c figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 sent Here, **all** does not mean every single person, but it means many people who were sick. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your language to express this. Alternate translation: “many of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) MAT 14 36 mw8n figs-activepassive διεσώθησαν 1 were healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 15 intro i9a5 0 # Matthew 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The “traditions of the elders”

The “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Jews and Gentiles

The Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Sheep

The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 15 1 q6af writing-newevent 0 General Information: The scene shifts to events that occurred some time after events of the previous chapter. Here Jesus responds to the criticisms of the Pharisees. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -MAT 15 2 j1b8 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων? 1 Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? The Pharisees and scribes use this question to criticize Jesus and his disciples. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Your disciples do not respect the rules that our ancestors have given us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 15 2 yn6l τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 the traditions of the elders These **traditions of the elders** are not the same as the law of Moses. This refers to later teachings and interpretations of the law given by religious leaders after Moses. -MAT 15 2 gfn6 figs-explicit οὐ…νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας 1 they do not wash their hands This washing is not only to clean hands. This refers to a ceremonial washing according to the tradition of the elders. Alternate translation: “they do not wash their hands properly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 15 3 ia1e figs-rquestion διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Why do you also violate the commandment of God because of your traditions? Jesus answers with a question to criticize what the religious leaders do. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “And I see that you refuse to obey God’s commands just so that you can follow what your ancestors taught you!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 15 4 srz6 0 General Information: In verse 4, Jesus quotes twice from Exodus to show how God expects people to treat their parents. -MAT 15 4 qmm7 θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 let him die the death Alternate translation: “the people must surely execute him” -MAT 15 5 ql75 figs-you ὑμεῖς 1 But you say Here, **you** is plural and refers to the Pharisees and scribes. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -MAT 15 6 vr6y figs-quotesinquotes οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ 1 he will certainly not honor his father The words beginning with “But you say” (verse 5) have a quotation within a quotation. If necessary you can translate them as indirect quotations. “But you teach that a person does not need to honor his parents by giving them something that may help them if the person tells his parents that he has already given it as a gift to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) -MAT 15 6 q3kt figs-explicit οὐ μὴ τιμήσει τὸν πατέρα αὐτοῦ 1 he will certainly not honor his father It is implied that **his father** means “his parents.” This means the religious leaders taught that a person does not need to show respect to his parents by taking care of them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 15 6 znt9 ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you have made void the word of God Here, **word of God** refers specifically to his commands. Alternate translation: “you have treated the word of God as if it were invalid” or “you have ignored God’s commands” -MAT 15 6 yq5a διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν 1 because of your traditions Alternate translation: “because you want to follow your traditions” -MAT 15 7 t4fq 0 General Information: In verses 8 and 9, Jesus quotes the prophet Isaiah to rebuke the Pharisees and scribes. -MAT 15 7 wv77 καλῶς ἐπροφήτευσεν περὶ ὑμῶν Ἠσαΐας 1 Well did Isaiah prophesy about you Alternate translation: “Isaiah told the truth in this prophecy about you” -MAT 15 7 n4ti figs-explicit λέγων 1 saying It is implied that Isaiah is speaking what God told him. Alternate translation: “when he told what God said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 15 8 qw69 figs-metonymy ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ 1 This people honors me with their lips Here, **lips** refers to speaking. Alternate translation: “These people say all the right things to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 15 8 bz91 με…ἐμοῦ 1 me … me Both occurrences of **me** refer to God. -MAT 15 8 wuw3 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Here, **heart** refers to a person’s thoughts or emotions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 15 8 q7vm figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far away from me This phrase is a way of saying the people are not truly devoted to God. Alternate translation: “but they do not really love me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 15 1 q6af writing-newevent τότε 1 General Information: Jesus is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MAT 15 2 j1b8 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων? 1 Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? The Pharisees are not asking for information, but are using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what they are saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your disciples certainly violate the traditions of the elder!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 15 2 yn6l translate-unknown τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 the traditions of the elders Here, ***traditions of the elders** is not talking about the law of Moses, but other rules that previous people had created. If your readers would not understand this, you can state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “traditional teachings which previous people created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 15 2 gfn6 figs-explicit οὐ…νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας 1 they do not wash their hands This washing is not only to clean the hands of filth, but also to rid the body of impurities. This washing is one which the Pharisees participated in, and often they compelled others to do the same. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they do not wash their hands of their impurities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 15 3 ia1e figs-rquestion διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Why do you also violate the commandment of God because of your traditions? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are violating the commandment of God because of your traditions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 15 4 srz6 figs-quotesinquotes τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα…ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 General Information: If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Moses said to honor your father and mother. He also said that the person who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MAT 15 5 ql75 figs-explicit δῶρον 1 But you say It might be necessary in your language to say who the gift is for. This gift is given to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is a gift for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 15 5 l8t0 figs-quotesinquotes ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, δῶρον ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But you say that whoever says to his father or mother 'Whatever from might have been helpful is a gift'” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +MAT 15 6 q3kt figs-explicit πατέρα 1 he will certainly not honor his father Here, the word **father** implies the idea of both the father and the mother. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “father and mother” or “parents” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 15 6 znt9 figs-explicit ἠκυρώσατε τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 you have made void the word of God Here, the phrase **the word of God** is referring to God's commandments in the Old Testament. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you have made void the God's commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 15 7 t4fq figs-exclamations ὑποκριταί 1 General Information: Jesus calls them **hypocrites** in an exclamatory way to emphasize his anger with them. Use an exclamation that is natural in your language for communicating this. Alternate translation: “You are hypocrites!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) +MAT 15 7 n4ti writing-quotations λέγων 1 saying Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) +MAT 15 8 qw69 figs-metonymy ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ 1 This people honors me with their lips Isaiah, who Jesus is quoting, is using the term **lips** figuratively to mean when someone is speaking. Alternate translation: “This people honors me when they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 15 8 bz91 writing-pronouns με…ἐμοῦ 1 me … me Here, the words **me** are referring to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “me, God … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MAT 15 8 wuw3 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Jesus is using the term **heart** figuratively to mean a person's inner thoughts or emotions. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 15 8 q7vm figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far away from me Here, the phrase **far from me** is an idiom meaning that they do not love him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they are not love me in their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 15 8 hr29 figs-idiom δὲ 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) MAT 15 9 jf93 μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με 1 But they worship me in vain Alternate translation: “But their worship means nothing to me” or “But they only pretend to worship me” MAT 15 9 vvb9 ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 the commandments of men Alternate translation: “the rules that people make up” MAT 15 11 s28y figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα…ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 enters into the mouth … what comes out of the mouth Jesus is contrasting what a person eats to what a person says. Jesus means that God is concerned with what a person says rather than what a person eats. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) From 95af65e5e0126cedbae12720990cf71266ccdf77 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Thu, 6 Oct 2022 10:58:22 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 47/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 5 ++--- 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index f83edc9dee..c7b5bc1b75 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1075,9 +1075,8 @@ MAT 15 8 qw69 figs-metonymy ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν MAT 15 8 bz91 writing-pronouns με…ἐμοῦ 1 me … me Here, the words **me** are referring to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “me, God … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) MAT 15 8 wuw3 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Jesus is using the term **heart** figuratively to mean a person's inner thoughts or emotions. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 15 8 q7vm figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far away from me Here, the phrase **far from me** is an idiom meaning that they do not love him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they are not love me in their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 15 8 hr29 figs-idiom δὲ 1 Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -MAT 15 9 jf93 μάτην δὲ σέβονταί με 1 But they worship me in vain Alternate translation: “But their worship means nothing to me” or “But they only pretend to worship me” -MAT 15 9 vvb9 ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 the commandments of men Alternate translation: “the rules that people make up” +MAT 15 8 hr29 figs-idiom δὲ 1 Here, **but** contrasts what is before it to what comes after it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +MAT 15 9 vvb9 ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 the commandments of men James is using the possessive form to describe these **commandments** as something which are created by people. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “man-made” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “man-made commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) MAT 15 11 s28y figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα…ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 enters into the mouth … what comes out of the mouth Jesus is contrasting what a person eats to what a person says. Jesus means that God is concerned with what a person says rather than what a person eats. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 15 12 l2uj figs-activepassive οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν 1 the Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this statement made the Pharisees angry” or “this statement offended the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 15 13 n5ij figs-metaphor πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be uprooted Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were worthless plants that his **Father** would uproot. This means the Pharisees do not actually belong to God, so God will remove them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) From 2b740128bed750917f6158c180cf2271fd6d52e2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Fri, 7 Oct 2022 20:39:58 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 48/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 6 +++--- 1 file changed, 3 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index c7b5bc1b75..7132426ed5 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1076,10 +1076,10 @@ MAT 15 8 bz91 writing-pronouns με…ἐμοῦ 1 me … me Here, the words **m MAT 15 8 wuw3 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Jesus is using the term **heart** figuratively to mean a person's inner thoughts or emotions. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 15 8 q7vm figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far away from me Here, the phrase **far from me** is an idiom meaning that they do not love him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they are not love me in their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 15 8 hr29 figs-idiom δὲ 1 Here, **but** contrasts what is before it to what comes after it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -MAT 15 9 vvb9 ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 the commandments of men James is using the possessive form to describe these **commandments** as something which are created by people. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “man-made” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “man-made commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +MAT 15 9 vvb9 ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 the commandments of men James is using the possessive form to describe these **commandments** as something which are created by people instead of God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “man-made” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “man-made commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) MAT 15 11 s28y figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα…ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 enters into the mouth … what comes out of the mouth Jesus is contrasting what a person eats to what a person says. Jesus means that God is concerned with what a person says rather than what a person eats. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 15 12 l2uj figs-activepassive οἱ Φαρισαῖοι ἀκούσαντες τὸν λόγον ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν 1 the Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “this statement made the Pharisees angry” or “this statement offended the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 15 13 n5ij figs-metaphor πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be uprooted Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were worthless plants that his **Father** would uproot. This means the Pharisees do not actually belong to God, so God will remove them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 15 12 l2uj figs-activepassive οἱ Φαρισαῖοι…ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν 1 the Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees … were upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 15 13 n5ij figs-metaphor πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be uprooted ;met MAT 15 13 j49e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 my heavenly Father **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 15 13 hs4t figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 will be uprooted If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will uproot” or “he will take out of the ground” or “he will remove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 15 14 r167 ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 Let them go! The word **them** refers to the Pharisees. From b30c678a8d0dff4f5485b125ee3c73b74d5d7114 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Mon, 10 Oct 2022 13:01:29 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 49/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 39 +++++++++++++++++---------------------- 1 file changed, 17 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 7132426ed5..138255f65c 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1079,29 +1079,24 @@ MAT 15 8 hr29 figs-idiom δὲ 1 Here, **but** contrasts what is before it to w MAT 15 9 vvb9 ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 the commandments of men James is using the possessive form to describe these **commandments** as something which are created by people instead of God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “man-made” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “man-made commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) MAT 15 11 s28y figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα…ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 enters into the mouth … what comes out of the mouth Jesus is contrasting what a person eats to what a person says. Jesus means that God is concerned with what a person says rather than what a person eats. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 15 12 l2uj figs-activepassive οἱ Φαρισαῖοι…ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν 1 the Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees … were upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 15 13 n5ij figs-metaphor πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be uprooted ;met +MAT 15 13 n5ij figs-metaphor πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be uprooted Here, Jesus refers to the Pharisees as if they were plants. He also speaks of God as if he is a farmer who **uproots** the plants, or judges them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees are like plants that my Heavenly Father will pull up because he did not plant them” or “The Pharisees will be judged severely by my Heavenly Father because they do not obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 15 13 j49e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 my heavenly Father **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) -MAT 15 13 hs4t figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 will be uprooted If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “my Father will uproot” or “he will take out of the ground” or “he will remove” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 15 14 r167 ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 Let them go! The word **them** refers to the Pharisees. -MAT 15 14 ai9x figs-metaphor ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται 1 They are blind guides. But if the blind might guide the blind, both will fall into a pit Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to **guide** other **blind** people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 15 15 cje4 0 Connecting Statement: Peter asks Jesus to explain the parable that Jesus told in verses[13-14](../15/13.md). -MAT 15 15 shg6 ἡμῖν 1 to us Alternate translation: “to us disciples” -MAT 15 16 al9z figs-rquestion ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also still without understanding? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. Also, the word **you** is emphasized. Jesus cannot believe his own disciples do not understand. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “I am disappointed that you, my disciples, still do not understand what I teach!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 15 17 l5nt figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται? 1 Do you not yet understand that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine? Jesus uses a question to rebuke the disciples for not understanding the parable. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “Surely you that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 15 17 s833 εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ 1 passes into the stomach Alternate translation: “goes into the stomach” -MAT 15 17 s9z6 ἀφεδρῶνα 1 the latrine A **latrine** a polite term for the place where people bury body waste. -MAT 15 18 ca1w figs-metonymy τὰ…ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 the things that proceed out from the mouth This phrase refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “the words that a person says” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 15 18 x14k figs-metonymy ἐκ τῆς καρδίας 1 from the heart Here, **heart** refers to a person’s mind or innermost being. Alternate translation: “from inside the person” or “from a person’s mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 15 19 rg59 φόνοι 1 murder Murder is the act of killing innocent people. -MAT 15 20 bme7 ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν φαγεῖν 1 to eat with unwashed hands This refers to eating without first ceremonially washing one’s **hands** according to the traditions of the elders. Alternate translation: “eating without first washing one’s hands” -MAT 15 21 e5gv 0 General Information: This begins an account of Jesus healing the daughter of a Canaanite woman. -MAT 15 21 t81u figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν 1 Jesus withdrew It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples went away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 15 22 x1wm ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία…ἐξελθοῦσα 1 behold, a Canaanite woman having come out The word **behold** alerts us to a new person in the story. Your language may have a way of doing this. Alternate translation: “Now there was a Canaanite woman who came” -MAT 15 22 jt94 γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα, ἔκραζεν 1 a Canaanite woman having come out from that region, was crying out The country of Canaan no longer existed by this time. This woman was a part of a people group that lived near the cities of Tyre and Sidon. Alternate translation: “a woman who was from that region and who belonged to the group of people called Canaanites came and cried out” -MAT 15 22 f4k2 figs-explicit ἐλέησόν με 1 Have mercy on me This phrase implies that the woman is asking Jesus to heal her daughter. Alternate translation: “Have mercy and heal my daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 15 22 xs64 Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Son of David Jesus was not David’s literal son, so this may be translated as “Descendant of David.” However, **Son of David** is also a title for the Messiah, and the woman may have been calling Jesus by this title. -MAT 15 22 j6rt figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται 1 My daughter is severely demon-possessed If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter terribly” or “A demon is tormenting my daughter severely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 15 23 hd2i figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 did not answer her a word Here, **word** refers to what a person says. Alternate translation: “said nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 15 13 hs4t figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 will be uprooted If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will uproot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 15 14 r167 writing-pronouns ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 Let them go! The word **them** refers to the Pharisees. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MAT 15 14 ai9x figs-metaphor ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται 1 They are blind guides. But if the blind might guide the blind, both will fall into a pit Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to **guide** other **blind** people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They are like blind guides. But if the blind lead the blind along, both will fall into a hole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 15 15 shg6 writing-pronouns ἡμῖν 1 to us Here, **us** refers to the disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to us disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MAT 15 16 al9z figs-rquestion ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also still without understanding? Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 15 17 l5nt figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται? 1 Do you not yet understand that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine? Jesus is continuing to express his disappointment. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You ought to understand that everything that go into a persons mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the toilet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 15 17 s9z6 translate-unknown ἀφεδρῶνα 1 the latrine A **latrine** is a term which signifies the place where people bury their bodily waste. Use a word in your language for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 15 18 ca1w figs-metonymy τὰ…ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 the things that proceed out from the mouth Jesus is using the phrase **proceeding out of the mouth** figuratively to mean speaking. Alternate translation: “the things which a person speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 15 18 jt6o figs-metonymy τῆς καρδίας 1 Jesus is using the term **heart** figuratively to mean a persons inner desires or thoughts. Alternate translation: “a persons inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 15 20 bme7 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον…ἄνθρωπον 1 to eat with unwashed hands Here, **man** can refer to both men and women. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +MAT 15 21 e5gv writing-newevent 0 General Information: Here, Matthew is introducing a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MAT 15 21 t81u figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν 1 Jesus withdrew It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples withdrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 15 22 x1wm writing-participants ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα 1 behold, a Canaanite woman having come out Matthew is using the phrase **behold, a Canaanite woman having come out** to introduce the **Canaanite woman** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Behold, there was a woman from the people called the Canaanites who was coming from the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +MAT 15 22 xs64 Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Son of David Jesus was not David's literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) +MAT 15 22 j6rt figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται 1 My daughter is severely demon-possessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “a demon” did it. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 15 23 hd2i figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 did not answer her a word Matthew is using the term **word** figuratively to mean something spoken. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not say anything in response to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 15 24 t9ga figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀπεστάλην 1 I was not sent If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not send me to anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 15 24 u9t4 figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 to the lost sheep of the house of Israel This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of **Israel** to **sheep** who have gone away from their shepherd. See how you translated this in [10:6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 15 25 ch7c ἡ 1 she Alternate translation: “the Canaanite woman” From 3e48a43dc9cadcab540d60d3a1cbfa0f7bf7e15e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Tue, 11 Oct 2022 11:04:37 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 50/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 21 ++++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 10 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 138255f65c..1acfe5470e 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1097,18 +1097,17 @@ MAT 15 22 x1wm writing-participants ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπ MAT 15 22 xs64 Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Son of David Jesus was not David's literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) MAT 15 22 j6rt figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται 1 My daughter is severely demon-possessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “a demon” did it. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 15 23 hd2i figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 did not answer her a word Matthew is using the term **word** figuratively to mean something spoken. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not say anything in response to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 15 24 t9ga figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀπεστάλην 1 I was not sent If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not send me to anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 15 24 u9t4 figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 to the lost sheep of the house of Israel This is a metaphor comparing the entire nation of **Israel** to **sheep** who have gone away from their shepherd. See how you translated this in [10:6](../10/06.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 15 25 ch7c ἡ 1 she Alternate translation: “the Canaanite woman” -MAT 15 25 u3jj translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 bowed down to him This action shows that the woman humbled herself before Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -MAT 15 26 ihz4 writing-proverbs οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the little dogs Jesus responds to the woman with a proverb. The basic meaning is that it is not right to take what is supposed to belong to Jews and give it to non-Jews. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) -MAT 15 26 a5bc figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων 1 the bread of the children Here, **bread** refers to food in general. Alternate translation: “the children’s food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MAT 15 26 fe7n τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 to the little dogs The Jews considered **dogs** to be unclean animals. Here they are used as an image for non-Jews. +MAT 15 24 t9ga figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀπεστάλην 1 I was not sent If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not send me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 15 24 wfnx grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “I was sent only for the lost sheep of the house of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) +MAT 15 24 u9t4 figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 to the lost sheep of the house of Israel Here, Jesus is referring to the people of **Israel** who have gone astray as **lost sheep**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel who have wondered like lost sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 15 25 u3jj translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 bowed down to him Here, **bowing down to him** was a sign of honor which was often shown in their culture. If it would be helpful to your readers, use a similar action from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +MAT 15 26 ihz4 writing-proverbs οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the little dogs This proverb draws a figurative comparison: The people of Israel are like the children of a house because they are the offspring of the parents. But non-Israelite people are like dogs because they are not the offspring. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “It is not good to share the message intended for the people of Israel with those from other places” or “It is not good to give something to a person for whom it was not intended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) +MAT 15 26 a5bc figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων 1 the bread of the children Here, the word **bread** is referring to food in general. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) MAT 15 27 yvw1 figs-metaphor καὶ…τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν 1 even the little dogs eat from the crumbs that fall from the tables of their masters The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the proverb he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -MAT 15 27 i5tt τὰ κυνάρια 1 the little dogs Use words here for **dogs** of any size that people keep as pets. See how you translated this in [15:26](../15/26.md). -MAT 15 28 tea2 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω 1 let it be done If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I will do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 15 28 n229 figs-activepassive ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς 1 her daughter was healed If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” or “her daughter became well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 15 28 wwq3 figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 from that hour This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “at exactly the same time” or “immediately” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 15 27 i5tt τὰ κυνάρια 1 the little dogs See how you translated **little dogs** in the previous verse. +MAT 15 28 tea2 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω 1 let it be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “I” did it. Alternate translation: “I will do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 15 28 n229 figs-activepassive ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς 1 her daughter was healed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 15 28 wwq3 figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 from that hour Here, the phrase **from that hour** is an idiom meaning “at that moment”. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 15 29 np6e writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 29-31 give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding four thousand people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) MAT 15 30 c8td χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς 1 the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute Alternate translation: “those who could not walk, those who could not see, those whose arms or legs did not function, those who could not talk” MAT 15 30 yf7i ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 they laid them at his feet Apparently some of these sick or crippled people were unable to stand up, so when their friends brought them to Jesus, they placed them on the ground in front of him. Alternate translation: “the crowds placed the sick people on the ground in front of Jesus” From 11a6f5a61c8092bf25ebf86817fde8b95f6e05c4 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Wed, 12 Oct 2022 11:29:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 51/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 24 ++++++++---------------- 1 file changed, 8 insertions(+), 16 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index 1acfe5470e..be31a8f54d 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1108,23 +1108,15 @@ MAT 15 27 i5tt τὰ κυνάρια 1 the little dogs See how you translated ** MAT 15 28 tea2 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω 1 let it be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “I” did it. Alternate translation: “I will do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 15 28 n229 figs-activepassive ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς 1 her daughter was healed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 15 28 wwq3 figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 from that hour Here, the phrase **from that hour** is an idiom meaning “at that moment”. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 15 29 np6e writing-background 0 General Information: Verses 29-31 give background information about the miracle that Jesus is about to perform by feeding four thousand people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -MAT 15 30 c8td χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς 1 the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute Alternate translation: “those who could not walk, those who could not see, those whose arms or legs did not function, those who could not talk” -MAT 15 30 yf7i ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 they laid them at his feet Apparently some of these sick or crippled people were unable to stand up, so when their friends brought them to Jesus, they placed them on the ground in front of him. Alternate translation: “the crowds placed the sick people on the ground in front of Jesus” -MAT 15 31 pi52 figs-activepassive κυλλοὺς ὑγιεῖς 1 the crippled made well If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the crippled become well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 15 31 be52 figs-nominaladj κυλλοὺς…χωλοὺς…τυφλοὺς 1 the crippled … the lame … the blind If your readers would misunderstand these nominal adjectives, you could express them as adjectives. Alternate translation: “people who were crippled … people who were lame … people who were blind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -MAT 15 32 z28i 0 Connecting Statement: This begins the account of Jesus feeding 4,000 people with seven loaves of bread and a few small fish. -MAT 15 32 efc2 νήστεις…μήποτε ἐκλυθῶσιν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ 1 hungry, lest they may faint on the way Alternate translation: “without eating because they might faint on the way” -MAT 15 33 uhi3 figs-rquestion πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον? 1 From where would be to us in a wilderness enough bread to satisfy so large a crowd? The disciples use a question to state that there is nowhere to get food for the **crowd**. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “There is nowhere in this wilderness where we can get enough bread for such a large crowd.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 15 34 k86l figs-ellipsis ἑπτά, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια 1 Seven, and a few small fish The understood information can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “Seven loaves of bread, and a few small fish” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MAT 15 35 x13q ἀναπεσεῖν ἐπὶ τὴν 1 to recline on the ground Use your language’s word for how people customarily eat when there is no table, whether sitting or lying down. -MAT 15 36 x7kc ἔλαβεν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἄρτους καὶ τοὺς ἰχθύας 1 he took the seven loaves and the fish Alternate translation: “Jesus held the seven loaves and the fish in his hands” -MAT 15 36 dcr4 ἔκλασεν 1 he broke them Alternate translation: “he broke the loaves” -MAT 15 36 a9s4 ἐδίδου 1 was giving them Alternate translation: “continued giving the bread and the fish” -MAT 15 37 fc8g ἦραν 1 they took away Alternate translation: “the disciples gathered up” or “some people gathered up” -MAT 15 38 udk7 οἱ…ἐσθίοντες 1 those eating Alternate translation: “the people who ate” +MAT 15 29 np6e writing-newevent 0 General Information: Jesus is using this verse to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MAT 15 30 c8td figs-nominaladj χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς 1 the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute Jesus is using the adjectives **the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MAT 15 30 yf7i figs-idiom ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 they laid them at his feet Here, the phrase **they laid them at his feet** is an idiom meaning “they laid them in front of him”. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they laid them in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 15 30 gy3h writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 Here, the word **them** is referring to the many sick people. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +MAT 15 31 be52 figs-nominaladj κωφοὺς…κυλλοὺς…χωλοὺς…τυφλοὺς 1 the crippled … the lame … the blind See the note in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MAT 15 33 uhi3 figs-rquestion πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον? 1 From where would be to us in a wilderness enough bread to satisfy so large a crowd? The disciples are using the question form to emphasize that there is nowhere to get food for that many people. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is certainly no place in the wilderness where we can get enough food to feed this large crowd!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]). +MAT 15 34 k86l figs-ellipsis ἑπτά, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια 1 Seven, and a few small fish The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “seven loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 15 36 a9s4 figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 was giving them Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples were giving {them} to the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 15 38 z66m translate-numbers τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 4,000 men Alternate translation: “four thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -MAT 15 39 be43 τὰ ὅρια 1 the region Alternate translation: “the area” MAT 15 39 m8dp translate-names Μαγαδάν 1 of Magadan This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MAT 16 intro za2k 0 # Matthew 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yeast

Jesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Jesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Background information

Matthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../mat/16/25.md)). MAT 16 1 t7p5 πειράζοντες 1 testing him Here, **testing** is used in a negative sense. Alternate translation: “challenging him” or “wanting to trap him” From c44e47d1c4bced5d70596ff066e5bfabc3234d96 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 11:54:53 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 52/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 38 +++++++++++++++++++------------------- 1 file changed, 19 insertions(+), 19 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index be31a8f54d..cedaf7660e 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1060,10 +1060,10 @@ MAT 14 35 xd7c figs-hyperbole πάντας 1 sent Here, **all** does not mean ev MAT 14 36 mw8n figs-activepassive διεσώθησαν 1 were healed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “Jesus” did it. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 15 intro i9a5 0 # Matthew 15 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry in 15:8-9, which are words from the Old Testament.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The “traditions of the elders”

The “traditions of the elders” were oral laws that the Jewish religious leaders developed because they wanted to make sure that everyone obeyed the law of Moses. However, they often worked harder to obey these rules than to obey the law of Moses itself. Jesus rebuked the religious leaders for this, and they became angry as a result. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])

### Jews and Gentiles

The Jews of Jesus’ time thought that only Jews could please God by the way they lived. Jesus healed a Canaanite Gentile woman’s daughter to show his followers that he would accept both Jews and Gentiles as his people.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Sheep

The Bible often speaks of people as if they were sheep because sheep need someone to take care of them. This is because they do not see well and they often go to where other animals can kill them easily. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 15 1 q6af writing-newevent τότε 1 General Information: Jesus is using the word translated **Then** to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -MAT 15 2 j1b8 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων? 1 Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? The Pharisees are not asking for information, but are using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what they are saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Your disciples certainly violate the traditions of the elder!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 15 2 yn6l translate-unknown τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 the traditions of the elders Here, ***traditions of the elders** is not talking about the law of Moses, but other rules that previous people had created. If your readers would not understand this, you can state what it means explicitly. Alternate translation: “traditional teachings which previous people created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MAT 15 2 gfn6 figs-explicit οὐ…νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας 1 they do not wash their hands This washing is not only to clean the hands of filth, but also to rid the body of impurities. This washing is one which the Pharisees participated in, and often they compelled others to do the same. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they do not wash their hands of their impurities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -MAT 15 3 ia1e figs-rquestion διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Why do you also violate the commandment of God because of your traditions? Jesus is not asking for information, but is using the question form here to emphasize the truth of what he is saying. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You are violating the commandment of God because of your traditions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 15 2 j1b8 figs-rquestion διὰ τί οἱ μαθηταί σου παραβαίνουσιν τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων? 1 Why do your disciples violate the traditions of the elders? The Pharisees are using the question form to challenge Jesus about why his disciples are not following the traditions of the elders. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Your disciples certainly violate the traditions of the elder!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 15 2 yn6l translate-unknown τὴν παράδοσιν τῶν πρεσβυτέρων 1 the traditions of the elders Here, **the traditions of the elders** is not referring to the law of Moses, but to man-made laws. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “traditional teachings which previous people created” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 15 2 gfn6 figs-explicit οὐ…νίπτονται τὰς χεῖρας 1 they do not wash their hands This washing is not only to clean the hands of filth, but also to rid the body of impurities. It is one which the Pharisees participated in, and often they compelled other people to do so as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they do not wash their hands of their impurities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +MAT 15 3 ia1e figs-rquestion διὰ τί καὶ ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ Θεοῦ διὰ τὴν παράδοσιν ὑμῶν? 1 Why do you also violate the commandment of God because of your traditions? Jesus is using the question form to challenge the Pharisees. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are violating the commandment of God because of your traditions!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) MAT 15 4 srz6 figs-quotesinquotes τίμα τὸν πατέρα καὶ τὴν μητέρα…ὁ κακολογῶν πατέρα ἢ μητέρα, θανάτῳ τελευτάτω 1 General Information: If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second direct quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “For Moses said to honor your father and mother. He also said that the person who speaks evil against his father or mother deserves to die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) MAT 15 5 ql75 figs-explicit δῶρον 1 But you say It might be necessary in your language to say who the gift is for. This gift is given to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “is a gift for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 15 5 l8t0 figs-quotesinquotes ὑμεῖς δὲ λέγετε, ὃς ἂν εἴπῃ τῷ πατρὶ ἢ τῇ μητρί, δῶρον ὃ ἐὰν ἐξ ἐμοῦ ὠφεληθῇς 1 If the direct quotation inside a direct quotation would be confusing in your language, you could translate the second quotation as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “But you say that whoever says to his father or mother 'Whatever from might have been helpful is a gift'” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) @@ -1073,30 +1073,30 @@ MAT 15 7 t4fq figs-exclamations ὑποκριταί 1 General Information: Jesus MAT 15 7 n4ti writing-quotations λέγων 1 saying Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. Alternate translation: “when he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) MAT 15 8 qw69 figs-metonymy ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τοῖς χείλεσίν με τιμᾷ 1 This people honors me with their lips Isaiah, who Jesus is quoting, is using the term **lips** figuratively to mean when someone is speaking. Alternate translation: “This people honors me when they speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 15 8 bz91 writing-pronouns με…ἐμοῦ 1 me … me Here, the words **me** are referring to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “me, God … me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -MAT 15 8 wuw3 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Jesus is using the term **heart** figuratively to mean a person's inner thoughts or emotions. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 15 8 wuw3 figs-metonymy ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far from me Jesus is using the term **heart** figuratively to mean a person's inner thoughts or emotions. Alternate translation: “desires” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 15 8 q7vm figs-idiom ἡ δὲ καρδία αὐτῶν πόρρω ἀπέχει ἀπ’ ἐμοῦ 1 but their heart is far away from me Here, the phrase **far from me** is an idiom meaning that they do not love him. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “but they are not love me in their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 15 8 hr29 figs-idiom δὲ 1 Here, **but** contrasts what is before it to what comes after it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) -MAT 15 9 vvb9 ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 the commandments of men James is using the possessive form to describe these **commandments** as something which are created by people instead of God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “man-made” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “man-made commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) -MAT 15 11 s28y figs-metonymy εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα…ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 enters into the mouth … what comes out of the mouth Jesus is contrasting what a person eats to what a person says. Jesus means that God is concerned with what a person says rather than what a person eats. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 15 8 hr29 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 Here, **but** contrasts what is before it to what comes after it. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +MAT 15 9 vvb9 figs-possession ἐντάλματα ἀνθρώπων 1 the commandments of men James is using the possessive form to describe these **commandments** as something which are created by people instead of God. If this is not clear in your language, you could use the adjective “man-made” instead of the noun “men.” Alternate translation: “man-made commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +MAT 15 11 s28y figs-metonymy οὐ τὸ εἰσερχόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος, τοῦτο κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 1 enters into the mouth … what comes out of the mouth Jesus is using the phrase **enters into the mouth** to mean what a person eats. He is using the phrase **comes out from the mouth** to mean what a person says. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Nothing that a person eats defiles them, but what a person says, this is what defiles them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n MAT 15 12 l2uj figs-activepassive οἱ Φαρισαῖοι…ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν 1 the Pharisees, having heard this word, were offended If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees … were upset” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 15 13 n5ij figs-metaphor πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be uprooted Here, Jesus refers to the Pharisees as if they were plants. He also speaks of God as if he is a farmer who **uproots** the plants, or judges them. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees are like plants that my Heavenly Father will pull up because he did not plant them” or “The Pharisees will be judged severely by my Heavenly Father because they do not obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 15 13 n5ij figs-metaphor πᾶσα φυτεία ἣν οὐκ ἐφύτευσεν ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be uprooted Here, Jesus refers to the Pharisees as if they were plants. He also speaks of God as if he is a farmer who **uproots** the plants, or judges them. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “The Pharisees are like plants that my Heavenly Father will pull up because he did not plant them” or “The Pharisees will be judged severely by my Heavenly Father because they do not obey him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 15 13 j49e guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατήρ μου ὁ οὐράνιος 1 my heavenly Father **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) MAT 15 13 hs4t figs-activepassive ἐκριζωθήσεται 1 will be uprooted If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will uproot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 15 14 r167 writing-pronouns ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 Let them go! The word **them** refers to the Pharisees. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Pharisees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -MAT 15 14 ai9x figs-metaphor ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται 1 They are blind guides. But if the blind might guide the blind, both will fall into a pit Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to **guide** other **blind** people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand God’s commands or how to please him. Therefore, they cannot teach others how to please God. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They are like blind guides. But if the blind lead the blind along, both will fall into a hole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 15 14 ai9x figs-metaphor ὁδηγοί εἰσιν τυφλοί τυφλὸς, δὲ τυφλὸν ἐὰν ὁδηγῇ, ἀμφότεροι εἰς βόθυνον πεσοῦνται 1 They are blind guides. But if the blind might guide the blind, both will fall into a pit Jesus speaks of the Pharisees as if they were blind people trying to **guide** other **blind** people. Jesus means that the Pharisees do not understand how to help people obey God. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “They are like blind guides. But if the blind lead the blind along, both will fall into a hole” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 15 15 shg6 writing-pronouns ἡμῖν 1 to us Here, **us** refers to the disciples. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “to us disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -MAT 15 16 al9z figs-rquestion ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also still without understanding? Jesus uses this question to express his disappointment that they do not understand. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 15 17 l5nt figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται? 1 Do you not yet understand that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine? Jesus is continuing to express his disappointment. If you would not use a rhetorical question for this purpose in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation and communicate the emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “You ought to understand that everything that go into a persons mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the toilet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -MAT 15 17 s9z6 translate-unknown ἀφεδρῶνα 1 the latrine A **latrine** is a term which signifies the place where people bury their bodily waste. Use a word in your language for this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) -MAT 15 18 ca1w figs-metonymy τὰ…ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 the things that proceed out from the mouth Jesus is using the phrase **proceeding out of the mouth** figuratively to mean speaking. Alternate translation: “the things which a person speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 15 18 jt6o figs-metonymy τῆς καρδίας 1 Jesus is using the term **heart** figuratively to mean a persons inner desires or thoughts. Alternate translation: “a persons inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -MAT 15 20 bme7 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον…ἄνθρωπον 1 to eat with unwashed hands Here, **man** can refer to both men and women. Alternate translation: “person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +MAT 15 16 al9z figs-rquestion ἀκμὴν καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀσύνετοί ἐστε? 1 Are you also still without understanding? Jesus is using the question form to challenge the disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “After all I have said and done, I am amazed that you still do not understand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 15 17 l5nt figs-rquestion οὔπω νοεῖτε ὅτι πᾶν τὸ εἰσπορευόμενον εἰς τὸ στόμα, εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν χωρεῖ, καὶ εἰς ἀφεδρῶνα ἐκβάλλεται? 1 Do you not yet understand that everything that enters into the mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the latrine? Jesus is using the question form to challenge his disciples. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You ought to understand that everything that go into a persons mouth passes into the stomach and is passed out into the toilet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +MAT 15 17 s9z6 translate-unknown ἀφεδρῶνα 1 the latrine Here, **latrine** is a word which means the place where you bury your bodily waste. Your language and culture may have a term for this that you can use in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +MAT 15 18 ca1w figs-metonymy τὰ…ἐκπορευόμενα ἐκ τοῦ στόματος 1 the things that proceed out from the mouth Jesus is using the phrase **proceeding out of the mouth** to mean speaking. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the things which a person speaks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 15 18 jt6o figs-metonymy τῆς καρδίας 1 Jesus is using the term **heart** figuratively to mean a persons inner desires or thoughts. If it would it would be helpful to your readers, you can state this in a plain way. Alternate translation: “a persons inner thoughts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 15 20 bme7 figs-gendernotations ἄνθρωπον…ἄνθρωπον 1 to eat with unwashed hands Although the term **man** is masculine, Jesus is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “people” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) MAT 15 21 e5gv writing-newevent 0 General Information: Here, Matthew is introducing a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) MAT 15 21 t81u figs-explicit ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀνεχώρησεν 1 Jesus withdrew It is implied that the disciples went with Jesus. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus and his disciples withdrew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) MAT 15 22 x1wm writing-participants ἰδοὺ, γυνὴ Χαναναία ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων ἐκείνων ἐξελθοῦσα 1 behold, a Canaanite woman having come out Matthew is using the phrase **behold, a Canaanite woman having come out** to introduce the **Canaanite woman** as a new participant in the story. If your language has its own way of introducing new participants, you can use it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Behold, there was a woman from the people called the Canaanites who was coming from the region” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -MAT 15 22 xs64 Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Son of David Jesus was not David's literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) +MAT 15 22 xs64 translate-kinship Υἱὸς Δαυείδ 1 Son of David Jesus was not David's literal **Son**, but his descendant. The title **Son of David** is also an important messianic title. Make sure this is clear to your readers. Alternate translation: “Descendant of King David, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) MAT 15 22 j6rt figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμονίζεται 1 My daughter is severely demon-possessed If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “a demon” did it. Alternate translation: “A demon is controlling my daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 15 23 hd2i figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 did not answer her a word Matthew is using the term **word** figuratively to mean something spoken. Alternate translation: “Jesus did not say anything in response to her” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +MAT 15 23 hd2i figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 did not answer her a word Matthew is using the phrase **he did not answer her a word** to mean that he did not respond to her cries for help. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 15 24 t9ga figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀπεστάλην 1 I was not sent If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not send me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 15 24 wfnx grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “I was sent only for the lost sheep of the house of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) MAT 15 24 u9t4 figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 to the lost sheep of the house of Israel Here, Jesus is referring to the people of **Israel** who have gone astray as **lost sheep**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel who have wondered like lost sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) @@ -1115,7 +1115,7 @@ MAT 15 30 gy3h writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 Here, the word **them** is ref MAT 15 31 be52 figs-nominaladj κωφοὺς…κυλλοὺς…χωλοὺς…τυφλοὺς 1 the crippled … the lame … the blind See the note in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) MAT 15 33 uhi3 figs-rquestion πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον? 1 From where would be to us in a wilderness enough bread to satisfy so large a crowd? The disciples are using the question form to emphasize that there is nowhere to get food for that many people. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is certainly no place in the wilderness where we can get enough food to feed this large crowd!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]). MAT 15 34 k86l figs-ellipsis ἑπτά, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια 1 Seven, and a few small fish The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “seven loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -MAT 15 36 a9s4 figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 was giving them Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples were giving {them} to the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 15 36 a9s4 figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 was giving them Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples were giving them to the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 15 38 z66m translate-numbers τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 4,000 men Alternate translation: “four thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MAT 15 39 m8dp translate-names Μαγαδάν 1 of Magadan This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) MAT 16 intro za2k 0 # Matthew 16 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Yeast

Jesus spoke of the way people thought about God as if it were bread, and he spoke of what people taught about God as if it were the yeast that makes bread dough become larger and the baked bread taste good. He did not want his followers to listen to what the Pharisees and Sadducees taught. This was because if they did listen, they would not understand who God is and how he wants his people to live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Metaphor

Jesus told his people to obey his commands. He did this by telling them to “follow” him. It is as if he were walking on a path and they were walking after him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Background information

Matthew continues his account from chapter 15 in verses 1-20. The account stops in verse 21 so Matthew can tell the reader that Jesus told his disciples again and again that people would kill him after he arrived in Jerusalem. Then the account continues in verses 22-27 with what happened the first time Jesus told the disciples that he would die.

### Paradox

A paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. Jesus uses a paradox when he says, “Whoever wants to save his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it” ([Matthew 16:25](../mat/16/25.md)). From 64fc9ee7a73d84178b43adbc53bbed4d875c2516 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: NateKreider Date: Thu, 13 Oct 2022 12:35:38 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 53/53] Edit 'en_tn_41-MAT.tsv' using 'tc-create-app' --- en_tn_41-MAT.tsv | 22 +++++++++++----------- 1 file changed, 11 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-) diff --git a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv index cedaf7660e..47fad31401 100644 --- a/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_41-MAT.tsv @@ -1099,22 +1099,22 @@ MAT 15 22 j6rt figs-activepassive ἡ θυγάτηρ μου κακῶς δαιμ MAT 15 23 hd2i figs-metonymy οὐκ ἀπεκρίθη αὐτῇ λόγον 1 did not answer her a word Matthew is using the phrase **he did not answer her a word** to mean that he did not respond to her cries for help. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) MAT 15 24 t9ga figs-activepassive οὐκ ἀπεστάλην 1 I was not sent If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “God” did it. Alternate translation: “God did not send me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 15 24 wfnx grammar-connect-exceptions οὐκ ἀπεστάλην εἰ μὴ εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 If it would in appear your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it, you could reword this to avoid using an exception clause. Alternate translation: “I was sent only for the lost sheep of the house of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) -MAT 15 24 u9t4 figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 to the lost sheep of the house of Israel Here, Jesus is referring to the people of **Israel** who have gone astray as **lost sheep**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel who have wondered like lost sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 15 24 u9t4 figs-metaphor εἰς τὰ πρόβατα τὰ ἀπολωλότα οἴκου Ἰσραήλ 1 to the lost sheep of the house of Israel Here, Jesus is referring to the people of **Israel** who have gone astray as **lost sheep**. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to the people of Israel who have wandered like lost sheep” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 15 25 u3jj translate-symaction προσεκύνει αὐτῷ 1 bowed down to him Here, **bowing down to him** was a sign of honor which was often shown in their culture. If it would be helpful to your readers, use a similar action from your culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) MAT 15 26 ihz4 writing-proverbs οὐκ ἔστιν καλὸν λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων καὶ βαλεῖν τοῖς κυναρίοις 1 It is not good to take the bread of the children and to throw it to the little dogs This proverb draws a figurative comparison: The people of Israel are like the children of a house because they are the offspring of the parents. But non-Israelite people are like dogs because they are not the offspring. You can translate the proverb itself in a way that will be recognized as a proverb and be meaningful in your language and culture. Alternate translation: “It is not good to share the message intended for the people of Israel with those from other places” or “It is not good to give something to a person for whom it was not intended” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-proverbs]]) -MAT 15 26 a5bc figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων 1 the bread of the children Here, the word **bread** is referring to food in general. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -MAT 15 27 yvw1 figs-metaphor καὶ…τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν 1 even the little dogs eat from the crumbs that fall from the tables of their masters The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the proverb he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +MAT 15 26 a5bc figs-synecdoche τὸν ἄρτον τῶν τέκνων 1 the bread of the children Jesus is using **bread** to represent food. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +MAT 15 27 yvw1 figs-metaphor καὶ…τὰ κυνάρια ἐσθίει ἀπὸ τῶν ψιχίων τῶν πιπτόντων ἀπὸ τῆς τραπέζης τῶν κυρίων αὐτῶν 1 even the little dogs eat from the crumbs that fall from the tables of their masters The woman responds by using the same imagery as Jesus used in the metaphor he just spoke. She means non-Jews should be able to have a small amount of the good things Jews are throwing away. If it would be helpful for your readers, you could state the meaning plainly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) MAT 15 27 i5tt τὰ κυνάρια 1 the little dogs See how you translated **little dogs** in the previous verse. -MAT 15 28 tea2 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω 1 let it be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that “I” did it. Alternate translation: “I will do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +MAT 15 28 tea2 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω 1 let it be done If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. If you must state who did the action, Matthew implies that Jesus did it. Alternate translation: “I will do this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) MAT 15 28 n229 figs-activepassive ἰάθη ἡ θυγάτηρ αὐτῆς 1 her daughter was healed If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “Jesus healed her daughter” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -MAT 15 28 wwq3 figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 from that hour Here, the phrase **from that hour** is an idiom meaning “at that moment”. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “at that moment” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -MAT 15 29 np6e writing-newevent 0 General Information: Jesus is using this verse to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -MAT 15 30 c8td figs-nominaladj χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς 1 the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute Jesus is using the adjectives **the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase as in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -MAT 15 30 yf7i figs-idiom ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 they laid them at his feet Here, the phrase **they laid them at his feet** is an idiom meaning “they laid them in front of him”. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they laid them in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 15 28 wwq3 figs-idiom ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης 1 from that hour Here, **from that hour** is an idiom that means “at that moment”. If this phrase does not have that meaning in your language, use an idiom from your language that does have this meaning or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +MAT 15 29 np6e writing-newevent 0 General Information: Matthew is using this verse to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +MAT 15 30 c8td figs-nominaladj χωλούς, τυφλούς, κυλλούς, κωφούς 1 the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute Jesus is using the adjectives **the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute** as nouns in order to describe a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase as demonstrated in the UST. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MAT 15 30 yf7i figs-idiom ἔρριψαν αὐτοὺς παρὰ τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 they laid them at his feet Here, the phrase **they laid them at his feet** is an idiom meaning “they laid them in front of him”. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “they laid them in front of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) MAT 15 30 gy3h writing-pronouns αὐτοὺς 1 Here, the word **them** is referring to the many sick people. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the sick people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) -MAT 15 31 be52 figs-nominaladj κωφοὺς…κυλλοὺς…χωλοὺς…τυφλοὺς 1 the crippled … the lame … the blind See the note in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) -MAT 15 33 uhi3 figs-rquestion πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον? 1 From where would be to us in a wilderness enough bread to satisfy so large a crowd? The disciples are using the question form to emphasize that there is nowhere to get food for that many people. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is certainly no place in the wilderness where we can get enough food to feed this large crowd!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]). -MAT 15 34 k86l figs-ellipsis ἑπτά, καὶ ὀλίγα ἰχθύδια 1 Seven, and a few small fish The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “seven loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +MAT 15 31 be52 figs-nominaladj κωφοὺς…κυλλοὺς…χωλοὺς…τυφλοὺς 1 the crippled … the lame … the blind See the note in the previous verse for how to translate these adjectives. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +MAT 15 33 uhi3 figs-rquestion πόθεν ἡμῖν ἐν ἐρημίᾳ, ἄρτοι τοσοῦτοι ὥστε χορτάσαι ὄχλον τοσοῦτον? 1 From where would be to us in a wilderness enough bread to satisfy so large a crowd? The disciples are using the question form to challenge Jesus. If you would not use the question form for this purpose in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “There is certainly no place in the wilderness where we can get enough food to feed this large crowd!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]). +MAT 15 34 k86l figs-ellipsis ἑπτά 1 Seven, and a few small fish The disciples are leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “seven loaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 15 36 a9s4 figs-ellipsis οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ τοῖς ὄχλοις 1 was giving them Matthew is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the context. Alternate translation: “and the disciples were giving them to the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) MAT 15 38 z66m translate-numbers τετρακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 1 4,000 men Alternate translation: “four thousand men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) MAT 15 39 m8dp translate-names Μαγαδάν 1 of Magadan This region is sometimes called “Magdala.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])